#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44
@@ -103,8 +115,8 @@ msgid ""
"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n"
"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n"
msgstr ""
-"Schau Dir die [Dokumentation](wiki/Getting-Started) an, insbesondere den [Abschnitt zum Troubleshooting](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n"
-"Du kannst auch im [Forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) fragen.\n"
+"Wirf einen Blick in die [Dokumentation](wiki/Getting-Started), besonders hilfreich ist der [Abschnitt zur Fehlerbehebung](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n"
+"Oder stelle deine Frage direkt im [Forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) – dort wird dir gerne weitergeholfen .\n"
#. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53
@@ -116,13 +128,13 @@ msgstr "Willst du mithelfen?"
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!"
-msgstr "Ideen? Einen Fehler gefunden? Willst du Code beitragen oder Jamulus in deine Sprache [übersetzen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md)? Da Jamulus [freie und Open-Source-Software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) ist und unter der [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.htm) lizenziert ist, kannst du uns helfen!"
+msgstr "Du hast eine Idee, einen Fehler gefunden, möchtest [übersetzen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) oder Code beitragen? Da Jamulus [freie und Open-Source-Software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) ist und unter der [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.htm) lizenziert ist, kannst du mithelfen!"
#. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!"
-msgstr "Schau dir unsere [Beitragsrichtlinien](wiki/Contribution) an um mitzugestalten. Jeder ist willkommen!"
+msgstr "Schau dir unsere [Beitragsrichtlinien](wiki/Contribution) an und mach mit – Jeder ist willkommen!"
#. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 56784652b..543234bd5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:01+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -174,7 +174,9 @@ msgstr "Wie genau du vermeidest, dass du dein direktes Signal hörst, hängt von
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
msgstr "Beachte dass das Abhören des Serversignals zwar sicherstellt, dass du mit den anderen Musikern synchron bist, dass es aber auch zu Problemen kommen kann, wenn die Gesamtlatenz (angezeigt durch die „Verzögerung“-Lampe in Jamulus) die meiste Zeit über nicht grün oder zumindest gelb ist. Lies das [Software-Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual), um zu erfahren, wie du dein Setup in diesem Fall anpassen kannst."
#. type: Title ###
@@ -342,7 +344,9 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
msgstr "Für alles andere suche bitte im [Forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) oder poste dort deine Frage"
#, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/DNS-SRV-Support.po b/_translator-files/po/de/DNS-SRV-Support.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b844295b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/DNS-SRV-Support.po
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/DNS-SRV-Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1 ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "DNS SRV Record Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:12
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Background - connecting to a Server or Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The default UDP port on which a Jamulus Server or Directory listens is **22124**. Normally, when a Client or a Server is given a plain hostname or an IP address to connect to, such as `198.51.100.46` or `jamulus.example.com`, it will use `22124` as the destination port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Since a single Jamulus Server only provides a single \"room\", and a single Jamulus Directory only provides a single \"list\", it is often useful to run multiple Jamulus Server or Directory instances on a single host, sharing one IP address. In order to do this, the instances must each be made to listen on a different UDP port. This is done by specifying the port number on the command line, using `-p NNNNN` or `--port NNNNN`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:19
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If such a Server is registered with a Directory, such as the standard Jamulus Directories, e.g. **Any Genre 1**, the port number in use is automatically detected by the Directory at registration time, and stored in the list which is sent to a Client. The user's Jamulus Client can then connect to the Server in the normal way from the list in the Connect Dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:21
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "However, a Jamulus instance wanting to connect _directly_ to a Server or Directory by IP or hostname must know the port number to use. This can be specified after the IP address or hostname, such as `198.51.100.46:22123` or `jamulus.example.com:22120`. Such port numbers are not very memorable, so it's often necessary to look them up! The solution is for the server operator to publish the port number using an SRV record in DNS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:22
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Using DNS SRV to publish port numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:25
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A [DNS SRV record (\"service\" record)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) is a special DNS record that can be used to publish the port number and hostname that should be used to connect to a particular service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:27
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus Clients and Servers are able to make use of such records. Depending on the version of Jamulus (see below), if it finds a DNS SRV record associated with the domain name given, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. The user does not have to specify the port number explicitly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server for the hostname given, Jamulus will attempt to connect to the Directory or Server address on the default port number `22124`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:30
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus versions supporting SRV"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:33
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Clients with version **3.10.0** or later support SRV records for a hostname given in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the Connect dialog as \"Server Address\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "On the command line with `-c`, to specify immediate direct connection to a Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:38
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In addition to the above, both Clients and Servers with version **3.12.0** or later also support SRV records for a hostname given to specify a Directory, in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: (GUI) in the \"Custom Directory address\" setting under \"Options\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Client: (GUI) in the list of custom Directories under \"Advanced Setup\" in \"Settings\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:43
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Creating DNS SRV records"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the DNS domain being used to host the Jamulus Server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:47
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:52
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Note that the `name` and `target` hostnames may either be the same or different. `name` is the hostname the user will use without a port number for SRV lookup, and `target` is the hostname the Jamulus will use together with the discovered port number in order to connect to the Jamulus Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:54
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the case of Jamulus, the `service` must be `jamulus` and the `proto` must be `udp`, so the record will look like this (for a port number of `12345`):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:55
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _jamulus._udp.myserver.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 myhost.example.com.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:60
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This technique allows you to host many Jamulus Servers or Directories at different ports on a single host with different hostnames by giving each its own SRV record. This avoids having to give your users the port number, which may be less memorable than a name. In the above example, the user will specify `myserver.example.com` and Jamulus will then connect to `myhost.example.com:12345`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:62
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:63
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Example - SRV records for the main Jamulus public Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:66
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the `jamulus.io` domain, SRV records have been created to specify the correct port for each of the standard public Directories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:76
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"| DIRECTORY | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+"| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- |\n"
+"| `anygenre1.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre1.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22124 anygenre1.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124` |\n"
+"| `anygenre2.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre2.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22224 anygenre2.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224` |\n"
+"| `anygenre3.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre3.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22624 anygenre3.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624` |\n"
+"| `rock.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.rock.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22424 rock.jamulus.io.` | `rock.jamulus.io:22424` |\n"
+"| `jazz.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.jazz.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22324 jazz.jamulus.io.` | `jazz.jamulus.io:22324` |\n"
+"| `classical.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.classical.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22524 classical.jamulus.io.` | `classical.jamulus.io:22524` |\n"
+"| `choral.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.choral.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22724 choral.jamulus.io.` | `choral.jamulus.io:22724` |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:78
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This means that a Jamulus Server of version **3.12.0** or later can just give the hostname of the Directory to the `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option, without needing to find and specify the port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:79
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A server administrator can use the same technique to publish an SRV record for his own Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po
index 4c76cccc4..cdce78809 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po
@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
index 82d39e024..5b5056ab5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
# Allan Nordhøy , 2022.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:21+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ msgstr "Während du online bist, kannst du die Chat Funktion nutzen, um eine Nac
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von Jamulus findest du im [Software Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr "Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von Jamulus findest du im [Benutzerhandbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
#. type: Title ##
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 14df92c9d..26aeb82b4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` oder `--nojackconnect` Nicht automatisch mit JACK verbinden"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller-verwenden)"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po
index e4a41cc33..648467d3d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: German , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 16:59+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: German , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
# Allan Nordhøy , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
@@ -118,94 +118,84 @@ msgstr "Wenn du keine externe Soundkarte besitzt, wirst du wahrscheinlich keinen
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39
-msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
-msgstr "Du kannst zwei Versionen von ASIO4ALL testen. ASIO4ALL v2.14 nutzt einen Workaround für einen Bug, der eventuell Probleme mit anderen Funktionen auslöst."
+msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45
msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
msgstr "[ASIO4ALL Website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL"
msgstr "ASIO4ALL einrichten"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46
msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything."
msgstr "Je nach Hardware musst du verschiedene Einstellungen ausprobieren. Wenn alles funktioniert, musst du nichts tun."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
msgstr "**Tipp:** Richte deine Soundkarte ein, während du [mit einem Server verbunden bist](Getting-Started#mit-einem-server-verbinden-und-audio-testen), damit du dein Instrument oder deine Stimme hören kannst. Dadurch kannst du prüfen, ob alles richtig eingerichtet ist, aber lies erst einmal weiter.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51
msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:"
msgstr "Bevor du Jamulus startest:"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running."
msgstr "**Schließe alle anderen Programme** (besonders die, die (wie z.B. dein Browser/Media Player) auf deine Soundkarte zugreifen könnten). ASIO4ALL benötigt exklusiven Zugriff auf die Soundkarte, das bedeutet, dass andere Programme keinen Ton ausgeben/aufnehmen können, wenn Jamulus mit ASIO4ALL läuft."
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:"
msgstr "Wenn das Audio nicht sofort funktioniert, stelle sicher, dass die **richtigen Ein-/Ausgänge** in ASIO4ALL **aktiv sind**. Alle anderen sollten ausgeschaltet sein. Suche in der [gemeinsame Auflistung funktionsfähiger ASIO4ALL Einstellungen](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) nach deinem System oder stelle sie selbst ein, wenn du deine nicht findest:"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)"
msgstr "So richtest du ASIO4ALL-Eingänge ein (Anleitung)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open Jamulus's settings"
msgstr "Jamulus Einstellungen öffnen"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)"
msgstr "Klick auf _„ASIO Geräte Einstellungen“_ (linke Spalte in Jamulus, unten)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)"
msgstr "Aktiviere die _erweiterte Ansicht_ in ASIO4ALL (klicke auf das Werkzeug-Icon unten rechts)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name"
msgstr "Aktiviere nur die Soundkarte, die du nutzen willst, indem du auf den Knopf direkt neben dem Namen der Soundkarte klickst"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card"
msgstr "Öffne deine Soundkarte über das _Plus-Icon_ neben der Soundkarte, um die Ein/Ausgänge anzuzeigen"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)."
msgstr "Aktiviere die richtigen Ein/Ausgänge in der Liste unter deiner Soundkarte und deaktiviere alle anderen Ein/Ausgänge. Du kannst über den Ein/Ausgängen hovern (mit dem Mauszeiger auf über dem Ein/Ausgang ruhen) ob sie die richtige Sample Rate für Jamulus unterstützen (48kHz; DVD-Qualität)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"**Hints:**\n"
@@ -219,47 +209,53 @@ msgstr ""
"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input ist normalerweise nicht der Eingang/Ausgang, den du suchst. Schalte ihn daher aus, wenn du ihn siehst.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Fehlerbehebung"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card."
msgstr "Wenn es scheint, das nichts funktioniert, versuche zuerst Jamulus und/oder deinen PC **neu zu starten**, damit Hintergrundprozesse, die auf die Soundkarte zugreifen könnten, geschlossen werden."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74
msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)."
msgstr "Danach versuche *die Ein-/Ausgänge nochmal neu einzurichten*. Aktivierte und zugängliche Ein-/Ausgänge zeigen ein leuchtendes An/Aus- und ein Play-Symbol. Wenn du ein rotes Kreuz oder ein gelbes Symbol siehst, musst du eventuell andere Anwendungen schließen (z.B. deinen Browser, Zoom, usw.) oder deinen PC neu starten."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL."
msgstr "Werfe einen Blick auf [dieses Video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) von [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza), das detailliertere Informationen zur Einrichtung von ASIO4ALL enthält."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
msgstr "Offizielle und ausführliche Infos zur Konfiguration von ASIO4ALL sind auch in den [FAQs auf der ASIO4ALL Website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"} dokumentiert."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "Alles installiert?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
msgid "Take a look at"
msgstr "Wirf einen Blick auf die"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
+#~ msgstr "Du kannst zwei Versionen von ASIO4ALL testen. ASIO4ALL v2.14 nutzt einen Workaround für einen Bug, der eventuell Probleme mit anderen Funktionen auslöst."
+
+#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows"
#~ msgstr "# Installation auf Windows"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po
index 054dcfeac..edd6b049b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -64,108 +64,133 @@ msgstr "Wissenswertes über iOS"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20
-msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus."
msgstr "Wenn du keinen PC besitzt, empfehlen wir dir einen [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, ein preiswertes und kleines Gerät, das sehr gut mit Jamulus funktioniert. iOS-Unterstützung ist nur ein Proof of Concept und erfordert bestimmte Fähigkeiten."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
-msgstr "Um Jamulus auf deinem iOS-Gerät zu installieren, benötigst du ein (kostenloses oder kostenpflichtiges) Apple Developer-Account und vorzugsweise einen Computer."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
-msgstr "Wenn du nicht für ein Apple-Entwicklerkonto bezahlst, läuft Jamulus höchstens 7 Tage lang, bevor du es erneut installieren musst."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub. Bluetooth Headphones do not work well."
msgstr "Jamulus auf iOS funktioniert relativ gut wenn alles richtig eingerichtet ist. Wir empfehlen dringend, ein Audio-Interface und einen USB-Ethernet-Adapter zu verwenden. Falls du ein älteres Gerät mit Lightning Anschluss und nicht USB-C besitzt, kannst du z.B. den [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) und einen (mit Strom versorgten) USB-Hub verwenden."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi."
msgstr "Falls du Jamulus in einem kabellosen Netzwerk nutzen musst, solltest du Mobilfunk (5G) WLAN vorziehen."
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
-msgstr "Inoffizielle Jamulus kompatible Apps wie [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/de/app/koord/id1621509341) sind im AppStore verfügbar aber haben eventuell nicht die selben Features wie der offizielle Jamulus Release."
-
#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Installation for iOS"
+msgid "Install for iOS (AppStore)"
+msgstr "Installation auf iOS"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Plug in your audio interface into your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+msgid "Connect a wired internet connection to your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '3. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+msgid "[Download Jamulus (AppStore)]({{ site.download_ios_app_store_link }}){:.button}"
+msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) auf einen PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Install for iOS manually (for experienced users only)"
msgstr "Installation auf iOS (nur für erfahrene Benutzer)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis**: Wir stellen eine unsignierte .ipa-Datei zur Verfügung, die du signieren und dann auf deinem Gerät installieren musst. Wenn dein Gerät nicht Jailbroken ist (und AppSync installiert hast), benötigst du möglicherweise zusätzliche Software, um Jamulus zu installieren. Dafür gibt es mehrere Möglichkeiten, aber in dieser Anleitung wird nur die gängigste Methode beschrieben. Bitte beachte, dass wir davon ausgehen, dass du bereits ein (kostenloses) Apple-Entwicklerkonto hast. Wenn du noch keines hast, erstelle eine neue Apple ID und [registriere dich für ein Entwicklerkonto](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Wir empfehlen dir, ein Konto ohne Zwei-Faktor-Authentifizierung zu erstellen, das nicht mit deinem persönlichen Konto verknüpft ist. Du musst das Passwort in die Nicht-Apple-Software eingeben.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) auf einen PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)"
msgstr "Signiere die .ipa-Datei (z. B. mit Xcode oder einer anderen **vertrauenswürdigen** Anwendung. Wir werden hier keine Empfehlungen geben, aber es gibt Apps für jedes Betriebssystem)"
#. type: Bullet: '3. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account."
msgstr "Nach der Unterzeichnung und Installation öffnest du auf deinem iOS-Gerät die Einstellungen und navigierst dann zu Allgemein>Profile (oder VPN und Geräteverwaltung). Tippe auf das Entwicklerkonto, das deinem Konto entspricht, und vertraue dem Konto."
#. type: Bullet: '4. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen"
msgstr "Öffne Jamulus über den Startbildschirm"
#. type: Bullet: '5. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4."
msgstr "Nach 7 Tagen musst du dich erneut bei Jamulus anmelden, wenn du ein kostenloses Entwicklerkonto verwendest. Führe die Aktivierung ab Schritt 4 erneut durch."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40
msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
msgstr "Wenn du einen Mac besitzt und Xcode installiert hast, könnte die Kompilierung von Jamulus aus dem Quellcode eine andere, nativere Option sein. Bitte werfe einen Blick auf die [Kompilierungsanleitung für iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "Feedback and development"
msgstr "Feedback und Entwicklung"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45
-msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+msgid "Jamulus does not have a mobile friendly user interface. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
msgstr "Wir denken, dass die iOS-Unterstützung ist noch nicht ausgereift genug ist um im AppStore veröffentlicht zu werden. Du kannst gerne mithelfen: Besuche einfach das [Jamulus GitHub Repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48
msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore."
msgstr "Bitte lese auch die [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) bezüglich der Veröffentlichung von Jamulus über den Apple AppStore."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "Alles installiert?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the"
msgstr "Jamulus wurde installiert und kann nun verwendet werden. Wirf jetzt einen Blick auf die"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:55
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
+#~ msgstr "Um Jamulus auf deinem iOS-Gerät zu installieren, benötigst du ein (kostenloses oder kostenpflichtiges) Apple Developer-Account und vorzugsweise einen Computer."
+
+#~ msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
+#~ msgstr "Wenn du nicht für ein Apple-Entwicklerkonto bezahlst, läuft Jamulus höchstens 7 Tage lang, bevor du es erneut installieren musst."
+
+#~ msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
+#~ msgstr "Inoffizielle Jamulus kompatible Apps wie [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/de/app/koord/id1621509341) sind im AppStore verfügbar aber haben eventuell nicht die selben Features wie der offizielle Jamulus Release."
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS"
#~ msgstr "# Installation auf iOS"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po
index 3242f0989..ab02432ba 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "### Verwendung von Profilinformationen"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30
-msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
+msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po
index fe04ebcad..358d0675d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -2,21 +2,21 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
# Allan Nordhøy , 2023.
# ignotus , 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "Muss ich einen Server betreiben?"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
+msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Als
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193
msgid "This option takes the format:"
msgstr ""
@@ -495,318 +495,306 @@ msgstr ""
"|**Genre Klassik/Volksmusik** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n"
"|**Genre Chor/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n"
-#. type: Title #####
+#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191
msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:195
msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197
msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n"
msgstr "**Anmerkung**: Semikolon und Zeilenumbruch sind in den Argumenten `yourServerName` und `yourCity` nicht erlaubt\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-L or --licence`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverpublicip`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--directoryfile`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-f or --listfilter`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216
msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "General Server options"
msgstr "Allgemeine Hinweise"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-d or --discononquit`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-l or --log`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229
-msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title #####
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232
-msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n"
+msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-P or --delaypan`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning."
msgstr "Diese Option nutzt kleine Unterschiede in der Ankunftszeit des Schalls zwischen den beiden Ohren. Dies erzeugt einen Stereoeffekt, der dem natürlichen menschlichen Gehör ähnlich ist, im Vergleich zum normalen „Lautstärken“-Panning."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-s` or `--server`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236
msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverbindip`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239
msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-T or --multithreading`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244
msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-u or --numchannels`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247
msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-z or --startminimized`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250
msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "Other options"
msgstr "Andere Optionen"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling the Server via API"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261
#, no-wrap
msgid "Recording"
msgstr "Aufnahmeverzeichnis"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-R or --recording`"
msgstr "`-R oder --recording`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du musst die Aufnahmen in einem Pfad _außerhalb_ des Jamulus-Home-Verzeichnisses speichern oder `ProtectHome=true` aus der systemd-Unit-Datei entfernen (beachte jedoch, dass dies ein potenzielles Sicherheitsrisiko darstellt).\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis**: Wenn dein Server aufzeichnet, zeigen die Clients eine Meldung an, dass die Aufzeichnung läuft.\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--norecord`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:274
msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling Recording"
msgstr "Aufzeichnung steuern"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:279
msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281
msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)."
msgstr "Um diese Signale mit systemd zu senden, erstelle die folgenden zwei `.service`-Dateien in `/etc/systemd/system` und gebe den Dateien einen passenden Namen (z.B. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):"
msgstr "Bespiel einer `.service` Datei zum Ein- oder Ausschalten der Aufzeichnung (je nach aktuellem Status):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:287
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -823,13 +811,13 @@ msgstr ""
" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "To start a new recording:"
msgstr "Zum Starten einer neuen Aufnahme:"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -846,91 +834,91 @@ msgstr ""
" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_"
msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example."
msgstr "_Hinweis: Der Name des Jamulus-Dienstes in der „ExecStart“-Zeile muss mit dem Namen der „service“-Datei übereinstimmen, die du beim Einrichten von systemd zur Steuerung deines Jamulus-Servers erstellt hast. In diesem Beispiel wäre das also `Jamulus-Server.service`_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:312
msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use."
msgstr "Führe `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` aus, um die `.service` Dateien für die erste Verwendung zu registrieren."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:"
msgstr "Jetzt kannst du diese zum Beispiel mit dem Befehl `systemctl` ausführen:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`"
msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs."
msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log."
msgstr "Du kannst das Ergebnis dieser Befehle sehen, wenn du `systemctl status jamulus` ausführst oder die Protokolle einsiehst."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "Backing up the Server"
msgid "Adding metadata to the Server"
msgstr "Serverbackup"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:324
msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327
#, no-wrap
msgid "Servers on the desktop"
msgstr "Server auf dem Desktop"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:330
#, fuzzy
msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:"
msgstr "Jamulus kann im Server-Modus vom Desktop aus gestartet werden. Dadurch erhältst du eine grafische Benutzeroberfläche zur Steuerung der meisten Einstellungen."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332
#, fuzzy
msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option."
msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Wenn du möchtest dass der Server beim Systemstart automatisch gestartet wird, aktiviere das entsprechende Kontrollkästchen.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications."
msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Verwende das Symbol „Jamulus Server“ im Windows-Startmenü.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
#, fuzzy
msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return."
msgstr "**Linux-Benutzer** - Starte die Verknüpfung „Jamulus Server“. Oder öffne ein Terminalfenster (`CTRL+ALT+t` unter Debian und verwandten Distributionen), anschliessend `jamulus -s` eingeben und die Eingabetaste drücken.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
msgstr "Die meisten gängigen Funktionen in Jamulus können über die grafische Benutzeroberfläche eingestellt werden, aber diese und andere können auch über Befehlszeilen Optionen in einem Terminalfenster eingestellt werden. Wie genau das gemacht werden muss hängt von deinem Betriebssystem ab."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
msgstr "Um beispielsweise unter Windows eine bestimmte Einstellungsdatei zu verwenden, klickst du mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Jamulus-Verknüpfung und wählst „Eigenschaften“ > Ziel. Füge die erforderlichen Argumente zu Jamulus.exe hinzu:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -939,12 +927,12 @@ msgstr ""
"```\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
msgstr "Unter macOS startest du ein Terminalfenster und führst Jamulus mit den gewünschten Optionen wie folgt aus:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -953,59 +941,59 @@ msgstr ""
"```\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis**: Mit den Befehlszeilen Optionen werden die Standardeinstellungen des Servers beim Start festgelegt. Du kannst die Einstellungen mit den entsprechenden GUI-Steuerelementen überschreiben, während der Server läuft.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:349
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Server status icon"
msgstr "Server-Status-Symbol"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
#, fuzzy
msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:"
msgstr "Das Betriebssystem zeigt ein Symbol in der Taskleiste oder im Statusbereich an, um anzuzeigen, ob der Server aktiv ist:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:354
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "![\"Image](\"{%)
, 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
index a0a49d697..ed623e0da 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -35,17 +35,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Software-Handbuch"
-
#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
-msgstr "Jamulus Benutzerhandbuch"
+msgid "User Manual"
+msgstr "Benutzerhandbuch"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
@@ -72,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -83,8 +77,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
#, no-wrap
-msgid " \n"
-msgstr " \n"
+msgid "\n"
+msgstr "\n"
#. type: Title #
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21
@@ -114,8 +108,9 @@ msgstr "Ping, Verzögerung und Jitter"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
msgstr "**Ping** zeigt die Latenzzeit deines Netzwerks in Millisekunden an, je niedriger, desto besser. Die Ping-Zeit trägt zur Gesamtverzögerung bei (siehe unten). Die wahrscheinlichste Ursache für einen hohen Ping ist, dass die Entfernung zum Server zu groß ist.\n"
#. type: Plain text
@@ -126,10 +121,9 @@ msgstr "**Delay** zeigt die Gesamtlatenz an, die sich aus der aktuellen Ping-Zei
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "
\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting
\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name
\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group
\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel
\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "# Settings"
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr "# Einstellungen"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "# Settings"
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "# Einstellungen"
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "## My Profile"
msgid "My Profile"
msgstr "## Mein Profil"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
msgstr "Wähle im Menü „Einstellungen“ die Option „Mein Profil...“, um deinen Alias/Namen festzulegen, der unter deinem Fader im Server-Mixer angezeigt wird."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ", 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -233,102 +233,290 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
msgstr "ctrlmidich für MIDI-Controller verwenden"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " For example\n"
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+" |--------:|---------|\n"
+" | `f` | Fader |\n"
+" | `p` | Pan |\n"
+" | `s` | Solo |\n"
+" | `m` | Mute |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "For Server admins"
msgstr "Für Server-Administratoren"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
msgstr "Schnelle Umwandlung eines registrierten Servers in einen unregistrierten Server"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
msgstr "Du kannst einen registrierten Server so lange betreiben, bis deine Band eine Verbindung hergestellt hat, und dann auf \"privat\" (unregistriert) umschalten, indem du das Verzeichnis in der Server-GUI auf \"Keins\" stellst. Deine Bandkollegen sind dann immer noch mit dem Server verbunden, bis sie die Verbindung trennen. (Danke an [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) für diesen Tipp!)"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "Remote management of recordings"
msgstr "Fernverwaltung von Aufnahmen"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) hat ein [webbasiertes Remote-Tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) zum Starten und Stoppen von Aufzeichnungen auf Linux-Servern geschrieben, mit dem du diese dann über deinen Browser herunterladen kannst. Siehe auch [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) von [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), das auch ein Skript zur Wiederherstellung von Server-Aufzeichnungen enthält."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
#, no-wrap
msgid "Making a Server status page"
msgstr "Erstellen einer Server-Statusseite"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
msgstr "Mit der Befehlszeilen Option `-m` können Server Statistiken für eine Webseite erstellt werden."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
msgstr "Hier ist ein Beispiel für ein PHP-Skript, das die Server-Statusdatei verwendet, um den aktuellen Server-Status auf einer HTML-Seite anzuzeigen (unter der Annahme, dass die folgende Befehlszeilen Option verwendet wird): `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
+
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# Tips & Tricks\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po
index 4696a8abc..5484092ec 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po
@@ -109,103 +109,78 @@ msgid "DNS SRV record support"
msgstr "Unterstützung von DNS SRV-Records"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37
-msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
-msgstr "Jamulus-Clients unterstützen [DNS SRV-Einträge (\"Service\"-Einträge)](https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_Resource_Record). Wenn ein Client einen SRV-Eintrag findet, der mit dem im Fenster \"Verbinden\" angegebenen Domänennamen verknüpft ist, versucht er, eine Verbindung zu dem im SRV-Eintrag aufgeführten Host und Port herzustellen. Dieser Vorgang ähnelt der HTTP-Weiterleitung in einem Webbrowser, nur dass er zwischen Jamulus Clients und dem DNS-Server stattfindet. Der Jamulus Server ist an dieser Interaktion nicht beteiligt. Jamulus-Server warten lediglich auf Verbindungen an dem im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Port."
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:36
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Jamulus-Clients unterstützen [DNS SRV-Einträge (\"Service\"-Einträge)](https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_Resource_Record). Wenn ein Client einen SRV-Eintrag findet, der mit dem im Fenster \"Verbinden\" angegebenen Domänennamen verknüpft ist, versucht er, eine Verbindung zu dem im SRV-Eintrag aufgeführten Host und Port herzustellen. Dieser Vorgang ähnelt der HTTP-Weiterleitung in einem Webbrowser, nur dass er zwischen Jamulus Clients und dem DNS-Server stattfindet. Der Jamulus Server ist an dieser Interaktion nicht beteiligt. Jamulus-Server warten lediglich auf Verbindungen an dem im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Port."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Why is this helpful?"
-msgstr "Warum ist das hilfreich?"
+#~ msgid "Why is this helpful?"
+#~ msgstr "Warum ist das hilfreich?"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41
-msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
-msgstr "Ein Jamulus-Client kann sich mit einem Server zu einem nicht standardmäßigen Port verbinden, indem er den Port als Teil der Serveradresse angibt. Ein Server-Administrator möchte den Benutzern vielleicht eine einfache Adresse ohne die Port-Details geben, Jamulus aber trotzdem an einem nicht standardmäßigen Port bereitstellen. In diesem Fall können die Portinformationen aus einem SRV-Eintrag entnommen werden."
+#~ msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Ein Jamulus-Client kann sich mit einem Server zu einem nicht standardmäßigen Port verbinden, indem er den Port als Teil der Serveradresse angibt. Ein Server-Administrator möchte den Benutzern vielleicht eine einfache Adresse ohne die Port-Details geben, Jamulus aber trotzdem an einem nicht standardmäßigen Port bereitstellen. In diesem Fall können die Portinformationen aus einem SRV-Eintrag entnommen werden."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43
-msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
-msgstr "Eine Adresse, die in das Verbindungsfenster eingegeben wird, könnte so aussehen: ```jamulus.example.com```. Wenn ein SRV-Eintrag für diese DNS-Domain gefunden wird, versucht der Jamulus-Client, sich mit dem Server über den im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Host:Port zu verbinden, z. B. ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
+#~ msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
+#~ msgstr "Eine Adresse, die in das Verbindungsfenster eingegeben wird, könnte so aussehen: ```jamulus.example.com```. Wenn ein SRV-Eintrag für diese DNS-Domain gefunden wird, versucht der Jamulus-Client, sich mit dem Server über den im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Host:Port zu verbinden, z. B. ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45
-msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
-msgstr "Wenn auf dem DNS-Server keine SRV-Einträge gefunden werden, versucht der Client die Verbindung wie im Verbindungsfenster angegeben aufzubauen."
+#~ msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
+#~ msgstr "Wenn auf dem DNS-Server keine SRV-Einträge gefunden werden, versucht der Client die Verbindung wie im Verbindungsfenster angegeben aufzubauen."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Creating SRV records"
-msgstr "SRV-Einträge erstellen"
+#~ msgid "Creating SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "SRV-Einträge erstellen"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49
-msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
-msgstr "SRV-Einträge werden vom Administrator der Domain erstellt, die für den Jamulus-Server genutzt wird. SRV-Einträge werden über das Verwaltungsportal (oder die API, falls verfügbar) des DNS-Hosters der Domain hinzugefügt. Das Format des SRV-Eintrags kann je nach DNS-Hosting-Dienst variieren, sieht aber in der Regel wie folgt aus."
+#~ msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
+#~ msgstr "SRV-Einträge werden vom Administrator der Domain erstellt, die für den Jamulus-Server genutzt wird. SRV-Einträge werden über das Verwaltungsportal (oder die API, falls verfügbar) des DNS-Hosters der Domain hinzugefügt. Das Format des SRV-Eintrags kann je nach DNS-Hosting-Dienst variieren, sieht aber in der Regel wie folgt aus."
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
-" \n"
-" # or, more specifically\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-msgstr ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV Priorität Gewicht Port Ziel\n"
-" \n"
-" # oder, ganauer\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # or, more specifically\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV Priorität Gewicht Port Ziel\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # oder, ganauer\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
-msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du kannst mehrere Jamulus-Server auf verschiedenen Ports auf einem Server hosten, indem du jedem einen eigenen SRV-Eintrag gibst.\n"
+#~ msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
+#~ msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du kannst mehrere Jamulus-Server auf verschiedenen Ports auf einem Server hosten, indem du jedem einen eigenen SRV-Eintrag gibst.\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61
-msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
-msgstr "Anweisungen zum Erstellen eines SRV-Eintrags findest du in der Dokumentation deines DNS-Hosters."
+#~ msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Anweisungen zum Erstellen eines SRV-Eintrags findest du in der Dokumentation deines DNS-Hosters."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
-msgstr "Beispielanwendungsfall mit SRV-Einträgen"
+#~ msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "Beispielanwendungsfall mit SRV-Einträgen"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65
-msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
-msgstr "In diesem Beispiel wird davon ausgegangen, dass das DNS einen A- oder CNAME-Eintrag enthält, der zu ```server1.example.com``` aufgelöst wird, auf dem drei Jamulus Server-Instanzen laufen, die jeweils auf einem der drei unten aufgeführten Ports lauschen."
+#~ msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
+#~ msgstr "In diesem Beispiel wird davon ausgegangen, dass das DNS einen A- oder CNAME-Eintrag enthält, der zu ```server1.example.com``` aufgelöst wird, auf dem drei Jamulus Server-Instanzen laufen, die jeweils auf einem der drei unten aufgeführten Ports lauschen."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67
-msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
-msgstr "Alternativ kann es sich bei `server1.example.com` um einen Router, ein NAT-Gateway oder einen Load-Balancer handeln, der jeden der Ports an einen (oder mehrere) Jamulus-Backend-Server weiterleitet."
+#~ msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
+#~ msgstr "Alternativ kann es sich bei `server1.example.com` um einen Router, ein NAT-Gateway oder einen Load-Balancer handeln, der jeden der Ports an einen (oder mehrere) Jamulus-Backend-Server weiterleitet."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-msgstr ""
-"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
-msgstr "*Beachte, dass DNS keine Verbindungen weiterleitet. Es teilt dem Jamulus-Client lediglich mit, mit welchem öffentlichen Host:Port er sich verbinden soll.*\n"
+#~ msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Beachte, dass DNS keine Verbindungen weiterleitet. Es teilt dem Jamulus-Client lediglich mit, mit welchem öffentlichen Host:Port er sich verbinden soll.*\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po
index 3d7954ae0..4ab4d7697 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po
@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 21:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n"
#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Handbuch"
+msgstr "Benutzerhandbuch"
#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po
index a72b09f06..e7c6a27d8 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-31 11:00+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1
@@ -69,6 +69,16 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es Jamulus?"
msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n"
msgstr "Jamulus te permite tocar, ensayar o improvisar con tus amigos, tu grupo o cualquier persona que encuentres en Internet. Tocad juntos a distancia y a tiempo con sonido de alta calidad y baja latencia en una conexión de banda ancha normal. [Descárgalo aquí](wiki/Getting-Started)\n"
+#. type: Attribute 'src' of: ![]()
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32
+msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+msgstr "{% include img/es-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'alt' of: ![]()
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32
+msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected."
+msgstr "Un pantallazo de la ventana principal del mezclador mostrando a varias personas conectadas desde diferentes países."
+
#. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34
#, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 4db62b78d..7b533562a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -2,20 +2,20 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-16 09:52+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ msgstr "Exactamente cómo evitas escuchar tu señal directa dependerá de tu con
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
-msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [manual de software](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [Manual del Usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto."
#. type: Title ###
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
@@ -331,8 +331,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
-msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
+msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/DNS-SRV-Support.po b/_translator-files/po/es/DNS-SRV-Support.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b844295b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/DNS-SRV-Support.po
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/DNS-SRV-Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1 ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "DNS SRV Record Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:12
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Background - connecting to a Server or Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The default UDP port on which a Jamulus Server or Directory listens is **22124**. Normally, when a Client or a Server is given a plain hostname or an IP address to connect to, such as `198.51.100.46` or `jamulus.example.com`, it will use `22124` as the destination port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Since a single Jamulus Server only provides a single \"room\", and a single Jamulus Directory only provides a single \"list\", it is often useful to run multiple Jamulus Server or Directory instances on a single host, sharing one IP address. In order to do this, the instances must each be made to listen on a different UDP port. This is done by specifying the port number on the command line, using `-p NNNNN` or `--port NNNNN`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:19
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If such a Server is registered with a Directory, such as the standard Jamulus Directories, e.g. **Any Genre 1**, the port number in use is automatically detected by the Directory at registration time, and stored in the list which is sent to a Client. The user's Jamulus Client can then connect to the Server in the normal way from the list in the Connect Dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:21
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "However, a Jamulus instance wanting to connect _directly_ to a Server or Directory by IP or hostname must know the port number to use. This can be specified after the IP address or hostname, such as `198.51.100.46:22123` or `jamulus.example.com:22120`. Such port numbers are not very memorable, so it's often necessary to look them up! The solution is for the server operator to publish the port number using an SRV record in DNS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:22
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Using DNS SRV to publish port numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:25
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A [DNS SRV record (\"service\" record)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) is a special DNS record that can be used to publish the port number and hostname that should be used to connect to a particular service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:27
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus Clients and Servers are able to make use of such records. Depending on the version of Jamulus (see below), if it finds a DNS SRV record associated with the domain name given, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. The user does not have to specify the port number explicitly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server for the hostname given, Jamulus will attempt to connect to the Directory or Server address on the default port number `22124`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:30
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus versions supporting SRV"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:33
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Clients with version **3.10.0** or later support SRV records for a hostname given in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the Connect dialog as \"Server Address\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "On the command line with `-c`, to specify immediate direct connection to a Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:38
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In addition to the above, both Clients and Servers with version **3.12.0** or later also support SRV records for a hostname given to specify a Directory, in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: (GUI) in the \"Custom Directory address\" setting under \"Options\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Client: (GUI) in the list of custom Directories under \"Advanced Setup\" in \"Settings\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:43
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Creating DNS SRV records"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the DNS domain being used to host the Jamulus Server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:47
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:52
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Note that the `name` and `target` hostnames may either be the same or different. `name` is the hostname the user will use without a port number for SRV lookup, and `target` is the hostname the Jamulus will use together with the discovered port number in order to connect to the Jamulus Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:54
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the case of Jamulus, the `service` must be `jamulus` and the `proto` must be `udp`, so the record will look like this (for a port number of `12345`):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:55
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _jamulus._udp.myserver.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 myhost.example.com.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:60
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This technique allows you to host many Jamulus Servers or Directories at different ports on a single host with different hostnames by giving each its own SRV record. This avoids having to give your users the port number, which may be less memorable than a name. In the above example, the user will specify `myserver.example.com` and Jamulus will then connect to `myhost.example.com:12345`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:62
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:63
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Example - SRV records for the main Jamulus public Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:66
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the `jamulus.io` domain, SRV records have been created to specify the correct port for each of the standard public Directories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:76
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"| DIRECTORY | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+"| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- |\n"
+"| `anygenre1.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre1.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22124 anygenre1.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124` |\n"
+"| `anygenre2.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre2.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22224 anygenre2.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224` |\n"
+"| `anygenre3.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre3.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22624 anygenre3.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624` |\n"
+"| `rock.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.rock.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22424 rock.jamulus.io.` | `rock.jamulus.io:22424` |\n"
+"| `jazz.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.jazz.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22324 jazz.jamulus.io.` | `jazz.jamulus.io:22324` |\n"
+"| `classical.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.classical.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22524 classical.jamulus.io.` | `classical.jamulus.io:22524` |\n"
+"| `choral.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.choral.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22724 choral.jamulus.io.` | `choral.jamulus.io:22724` |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:78
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This means that a Jamulus Server of version **3.12.0** or later can just give the hostname of the Directory to the `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option, without needing to find and specify the port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:79
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A server administrator can use the same technique to publish an SRV record for his own Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
index 398633983..2c4262507 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Allan Nordhøy , 2022.
# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ msgstr "Ten en cuenta que puedes utilizar el Chat en cualquier momento para mens
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual de Software](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual del Usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
#. type: Title ##
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 766246842..35c775db8 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ignotus , 2022.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2024, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 09:39+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-12 08:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Deshabilitar conexiones automáticas de JACK"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes de controlador MIDI, compensación de número de control y números CC consecutivos (canales) y número CC de Silenciarme Yo. Formato: `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes MIDI + número de control MIDI y cuenta de números CC consecutivos (o canales de Jamulus), opción de selección de dispositivo. Formato: `canal[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dNombreDispositivo]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar---ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)."
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index 684ca5b45..b2de45917 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
# gallegonovato , 2023.
# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-04-23 18:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.11.1-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
@@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ msgstr "¿Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n"
"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n"
msgstr ""
-"1. [Descarga Jamulus (compilación universal)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+"1. [Descarga Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
" **Espejo 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
"1. **Instala Jamulus**: Abre el archivo `.dmg` descargado, acepta la licencia, y *arrastra y suelta* cada icono que veas en la ventana (Cliente y Servidor Jamulus) en tu *carpeta de aplicaciones*. Después, puedes cerrar esta ventana.\n"
"1. **Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder utilizar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
index 16ad5044d..b2bb9619c 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-31 11:00+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
@@ -117,94 +117,84 @@ msgstr "Si no tienes una tarjeta externa, probablemente no tendrás instalado un
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39
-msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
-msgstr "Puedes probar dos versiones de ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 incluye una actualización para un bug que puede hacer fallar otras funcionalidades."
+msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Descarga](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45
msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
msgstr "[Web ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL"
msgstr "Configurar ASIO4ALL"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46
msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything."
msgstr "Quizá tengas que experimentar un poco, dependiendo de tu hardware de audio. Si todo funciona de entrada, no tienes que hacer nada."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
msgstr "**Consejo:** Configura tu tarjeta mientras estés en [conexión con un Servidor](Getting-Started#conectarse-a-un-servidor-y-comprobar-tu-sonido) para escuchar tu instrumento o tu voz y comprobar que todo está bien configurado; pero sigue leyendo.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51
msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:"
msgstr "Antes de empezar con Jamulus:"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running."
msgstr "**Cierra todas las aplicaciones** (sobre todo aquellas que podrían acceder a tu tarjeta de sonido como tu navegador/reproductor de audio). ASIO4ALL necesita acceso exclusivo a tu tarjeta de audio, lo cual significa que otros programas no podrán utilizar audio si ASIO4ALL y Jamulus se están ejecutando."
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:"
msgstr "Si el audio de Jamulus no funciona directamente, asegúrate de que solo **las entradas/salidas correctas** en ASIO4ALL **están activadas**. Todo lo demás debería estar apagado. Busca [configuraciones funcionales de ASIO4ALL en la lista comunitaria](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) para tu configuración o hazlo manualmente si no encuentras la tuya:"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)"
msgstr "Cómo configurar las entradas de ASIO4ALL (Guía)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open Jamulus's settings"
msgstr "Abre la ventana de Configuración de Jamulus"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)"
msgstr "Ve a _\"Configuración Driver\"_ (la columna a la izquierda; directamente debajo de la selección de driver)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)"
msgstr "Activa _advanced view_ en ASIO4ALL (haz clic en el icono de la herramienta abajo a la derecha)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name"
msgstr "Activa solamente la tarjeta de audio que quieres utilizar haciendo clic en el botón al lado de su nombre"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card"
msgstr "Abre las entradas/salidas de tu tarjeta de audio haciendo clic en el _icono de plus_ al lado de esta tarjeta"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)."
msgstr "Ahora activa/desactiva las entradas/salidas correctas en la lista bajo tu tarjeta de audio y desactiva todo lo demás. Puedes mover el ratón sobre las entradas/salidas para ver qué es cada una y si soportan la tasa de muestreo de Jamulus que es de 48 kHz (calidad DVD)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"**Hints:**\n"
@@ -218,47 +208,53 @@ msgstr ""
"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input no suele ser la entrada/salida que buscas. Por lo tanto, desactívala si la ves.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card."
msgstr "Si nada funciona, primero prueba a reiniciar Jamulus y/o tu PC para cerrar procesos que puedan estar accediendo a tu tarjeta de sonido."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74
msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)."
msgstr "Después, *configura de nuevo las entradas/salidas*. Las entradas/salidas activadas y accesibles se muestran con botones iluminados de encendido y play en la configuración de ASIO4ALL. Si en su lugar ves una cruz roja o un símbolo amarillo, cierra otras aplicaciones que puedan estar accediendo a tu tarjeta de sonido (por ej. navegador, Zoom, etc.)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL."
msgstr "Mírate [este vídeo](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) de [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) que ofrece más información detallada sobre la configuración de ASIO4ALL."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
msgstr "Información adicional y oficial sobre cómo configurar ASIO4ALL se encuentra documentada en las [FAQs de ASIO4ALL en la web de ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "¿Todo instalado?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
msgid "Take a look at"
msgstr "Consulta la"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
+#~ msgstr "Puedes probar dos versiones de ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 incluye una actualización para un bug que puede hacer fallar otras funcionalidades."
+
+#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows"
#~ msgstr "# Instalación en Windows"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po
index 0fb2d08e1..afab63ff9 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -63,108 +63,133 @@ msgstr "A tener en cuenta sobre iOS"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20
-msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus."
msgstr "Si no tienes un PC, sugerimos la adquisición de un [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } que es un dispositivo económico y pequeño que funciona muy bien con Jamulus. El soporte para iOS es solo una prueba de concepto."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
-msgstr "Para instalar Jamulus en tu dispositivo iOS, necesitas una cuenta (gratis o de pago) de Desarrollador Apple y preferiblemente un ordenador."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
-msgstr "Si no pagas para una cuenta de Desarrollador Apple, Jamulus solo funcionará 7 días como máximo antes de tener que reinstalarlo."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub. Bluetooth Headphones do not work well."
msgstr "Jamulus en iOS funciona bastante bien si está todo bien configurado. Sin embargo, recomendamos encarecidamente que utilices un interfaz de audio y un adaptador USB-Ethernet. Si tienes un dispositivo más antiguo que tiene un puerto Lightning y no USB-C, puedes utilizar algo como el [adaptador de cámara Lightning - USB](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) y un hub USB (con alimentación)."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi."
msgstr "Si tienes que usar Jamulus en una red inalámbrica, deberías de priorizar una conexión celular (5G) frente a WiFi."
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
-msgstr "Hay aplicaciones no oficiales compatibles con Jamulus como [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) en la AppStore, pero puede que no tengan las mismas prestaciones que la versión oficial de Jamulus."
-
#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Installation for iOS"
+msgid "Install for iOS (AppStore)"
+msgstr "Instalación en iOS"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Plug in your audio interface into your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+msgid "Connect a wired internet connection to your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '3. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+msgid "[Download Jamulus (AppStore)]({{ site.download_ios_app_store_link }}){:.button}"
+msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (.ipa) en un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Install for iOS manually (for experienced users only)"
msgstr "Instalación en iOS (solo para usuarios experimentados)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n"
msgstr "**Nota**: Ofrecemos un archivo .ipa que debes firmar y luego instalar en tu dispositivo. Si no tienes Jailbreak (y tienes AppSync instalado), puedes que necesites software adicional para instalar Jamulus Hay múltiples formas de hacerlo, pero esta guía solo explica la manera más estándar. Ten en cuenta que damos por hecho que ya tienes una cuenta de Desarrollador de Apple (gratuita). Si no la tienes, crea una ID de Apple y [Solicita una cuenta de desarrollador](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Recomendamos crear una sin autenticación de dos pasos y sin relación con tu potencial cuenta personal. Deberás introducir la contraseña en software que no es de Apple.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (.ipa) en un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)"
msgstr "Firma el archivo .ipa (por ej. con Xcode u otra aplicación **fiable**. Aquí no damos recomendaciones, pero hay aplicaciones para cada sistema operativo)"
#. type: Bullet: '3. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account."
msgstr "Una vez firmado e instalado, en tu dispositivo iOS abre Ajustes, navega a General>Perfiles (o VPN y Gestión de Dispositivos). Selecciona la cuenta de desarrollador correspondiente a tu cuenta y activa confianza para la cuenta."
#. type: Bullet: '4. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen"
msgstr "Abre Jamulus desde la pantalla de inicio"
#. type: Bullet: '5. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4."
msgstr "Tras 7 días tendrás que volver a firmar Jamulus si utilizas una cuenta gratuita de desarrollador. Vuelve a realizar todo desde el paso 4."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40
msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
msgstr "Si tienes un Mac y Xcode instalado, compilar Jamulus de las fuentes puede ser una opción más nativa. Consulta [las instrucciones de compilación en iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "Feedback and development"
msgstr "Comentarios y desarrollo"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45
-msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+msgid "Jamulus does not have a mobile friendly user interface. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
msgstr "Nuestra postura es que la versión iOS no está lo suficientemente madura para su publicación en el AppStore. No dudes en echar una mano: dirígete al [repositorio GitHub de Jamulus](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48
msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore."
msgstr "Por favor, también lee el siguiente documento [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) sobre la publicación de Jamulus en la AppStore de Apple."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "¿Todo instalado?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the"
msgstr "Jamulus ha sido instalado y puede utilizarse. Ahora puedes echar un vistazo a la"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:55
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
+#~ msgstr "Para instalar Jamulus en tu dispositivo iOS, necesitas una cuenta (gratis o de pago) de Desarrollador Apple y preferiblemente un ordenador."
+
+#~ msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
+#~ msgstr "Si no pagas para una cuenta de Desarrollador Apple, Jamulus solo funcionará 7 días como máximo antes de tener que reinstalarlo."
+
+#~ msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
+#~ msgstr "Hay aplicaciones no oficiales compatibles con Jamulus como [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) en la AppStore, pero puede que no tengan las mismas prestaciones que la versión oficial de Jamulus."
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS"
#~ msgstr "# Instalación en iOS"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po
index 67287625a..8cd9fa409 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2025.
# gallegonovato , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 07:04+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ msgstr "Información General"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30
-msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
-msgstr "En condiciones normales de uso con software descargado de esta página web que no haya sido modificado, la información de tu perfil de usuario se intercambia con los Servidores a los que te conectas, con los compañeros conectados a esos mismos Servidores y con terceros (incluidos los Directorios) que utilicen el protocolo Jamulus. Esta información se limita a tu nombre en Jamulus, ciudad, país, instrumento y nivel de habilidad, tal y como los has establecido en tu perfil. Los Servidores a los que te conectes también tendrán acceso a tu dirección de Internet (dirección IP), ya que es necesaria para que el software funcione; pero esta información no se comparte con los compañeros del mismo Servidor ni está disponible para terceros."
+msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
+msgstr "En condiciones normales de uso con software descargado de esta página web que no haya sido modificado, la información de tu perfil de usuario se intercambia con los Servidores a los que te conectas, con los compañeros conectados a esos mismos Servidores y con terceros (incluidos los Directorios) que utilicen el protocolo Jamulus. Esta información se limita a tu nombre en Jamulus, ciudad, país, instrumento y nivel de habilidad, tal y como los has establecido en tu perfil. Los Directorios de los cuales solicites listas de Servidores, los Servidores mostrados en la Ventana de Conexión y los Servidores a los que te conectes también tendrán acceso a tu dirección de Internet (dirección IP), ya que es necesaria para que el software funcione; pero esta información no se comparte con los demás usuarios del mismo Servidor ni está disponible para terceros."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
index 0482f1ce7..43b5c2140 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -2,20 +2,20 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-22 21:07+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.2.1-rc\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ msgstr "¿Necesito ejecutar un Servidor?"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
-msgstr "**No**. No necesitas ejecutar un Servidor. Puedes usar los Servidores listados por los Directorios incorporados y usar Jamulus sin ejecutar tú un Servidor. También puedes utilizar un Servidor no listado si conoces su dirección de Internet. O puedes utilizar un servicio de hosting de terceros como [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) o [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Probablemente haya un Servidor cerca que tú y tus amigos podáis usar con una latencia lo suficientemente baja para la mayoría de las necesidades.\n"
+msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
+msgstr "**No**. No necesitas ejecutar un Servidor. Puedes usar los Servidores listados por los Directorios incorporados y usar Jamulus sin ejecutar tú un Servidor. También puedes utilizar un Servidor no listado si conoces su dirección de Internet. O puedes utilizar un servicio de hosting de terceros como [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). Probablemente haya un Servidor cerca que tú y tus amigos podáis usar con una latencia lo suficientemente baja para la mayoría de las necesidades.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Als
msgstr "Necesario para un [Servidor Registrado](Running-a-Server#modo-registrado). También es necesario para ejecutar Jamulus como [Directorio](Directories)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193
msgid "This option takes the format:"
msgstr "Esta opción tiene el formato:"
@@ -498,315 +498,303 @@ msgstr ""
"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n"
"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n"
-#. type: Title #####
+#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`"
msgstr "`-o ó --serverinfo`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191
msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client."
msgstr "Al registrar tu Servidor en un Directorio, esto te permite proporcionar un nombre de Servidor y detalles de ubicación para que los usuarios puedan buscar estos valores desde su Cliente."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:195
msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`"
msgstr "`[nombre];[ciudad];[país como código de país ISO de dos letras]`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197
msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)"
msgstr "Véase [códigos de país ISO de dos letras](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n"
msgstr "**Nota:** No se permiten los caracteres de punto y coma y nueva línea en los valores `nombre` y `ciudad`\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-L or --licence`"
msgstr "`-L ó --licence`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)."
msgstr "Mostrar una ventana de aceptación antes de que los usuarios puedan conectarse. El texto de la aceptación que se mostrará debe suministrarse como `--welcomemessage` (véase más abajo)."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`"
msgstr "`-w` ó `--welcomemessage`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear."
msgstr "Un \"mensaje de bienvenida\" para mostrar en la ventana del chat del Cliente al conectarse. Se puede proporcionar como una cadena o un nombre de un archivo y puede contener HTML. Cuando se utiliza una ruta, la cuenta del usuario que ejecuta Jamulus debe poder acceder al archivo. (En la mayoría de las instalaciones de Linux, el usuario `jamulus` se usa de forma predeterminada). Si no está accesible, aparecerá la ruta literal (en lugar de su contenido)."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverpublicip`"
msgstr "`--serverpublicip`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr "La dirección IP pública del Servidor si se conecta a un Directorio tras el mismo NAT. Véase la [guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--directoryfile`"
msgstr "`--directoryfile`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr "_Solo Directorios:_ Recuerda los Servidores registrados aunque se reinicie el Directorio. Consulta [la guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-f or --listfilter`"
msgstr "`-f ó --listfilter`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216
msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr "_Solo Directorios:_ Especifica qué Servidores pueden registrarse en el Directorio. Ver [la guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "General Server options"
msgstr "Opciones generales del Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)."
msgstr "Estas opciones se pueden utilizar independientemente del modo en el que se esté ejecutando tu Servidor (aunque algunas pueden no ser relevantes para Directorios)."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-d or --discononquit`"
msgstr "`-d ó --discononquit`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario."
msgstr "Normalmente, cuando un Servidor se detiene o se reinicia, los Clientes que no hayan utilizado su botón de **Desconectar** reestablecerán su conexión automáticamente cuando el Servidor vuelva a estar operativo. Utilizar esta opción obliga a los Clientes a reestablecer su conexión con el Servidor manualmente."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`"
msgstr "`-F ó --fastupdate`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients."
msgstr "Reduce la latencia si los clientes se conectan con la opción **Small Network Buffers**. Requiere CPU más rápida para evitar abandonos, y más ancho de banda para los clientes habilitados."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-l or --log`"
msgstr "`-l ó --log`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230
msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name"
msgstr "Activar el registro, establecer la ruta y el nombre del archivo"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`"
-msgstr "`-m ó --htmlstatus`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232
-msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name"
-msgstr "Habilita un archivo de estado HTML, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n"
-msgstr "**Nota:** Esta función está obsoleta y puede desaparecer en una futura versión.\n"
-
-#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-P or --delaypan`"
msgstr "`-P ó --delaypan`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233
msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning."
msgstr "Arrancar con retardo de paneo activado. Esta opción utiliza las pequeñas diferencias en el tiempo de llegada del sonido a nuestros dos oídos. Produce un efecto estéreo similar a la audición humana cuando se compara a un paneo de \"volumen\" normal."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-s` or `--server`"
msgstr "`-s` ó `--server`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236
msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode"
msgstr "Iniciar Jamulus en modo Servidor"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverbindip`"
msgstr "`--serverbindip`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239
msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to."
msgstr "Especifica la dirección IP a la que se vinculará el proceso de Jamulus."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen."
msgstr "Normalmente, Jamulus escuchará en todas las direcciones IP de la máquina que es el host. Cuando el host tiene varias direcciones de red, esta opción permite elegir una de las direcciones."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-T or --multithreading`"
msgstr "`-T ó --multithreading`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244
msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`"
msgstr "Utiliza multithreading para hacer un mejor uso de CPUs multi-núcleo. Este ajuste puede ayudar al Servidor a soportar más Clientes. Véase también `--numchannels`"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-u or --numchannels`"
msgstr "`-u ó --numchannels`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247
msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)"
msgstr "Número máximo de canales (Clientes)"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-z or --startminimized`"
msgstr "`-z` ó `--startminimized`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250
msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state."
msgstr "Inicia la interfaz gráfica del Servidor Jamulus con la ventana minimizada."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "Other options"
msgstr "Otras opciones"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling the Server via API"
msgstr "Controlar el Servidor a través de API"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running."
msgstr "Se puede controlar Jamulus a través de un API experimental que estará sujeto a cambios. Puedes encontrar el [API JSON-RPC documentado en el repositorio principal](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC te permite controlar algunas funciones como cambiar el mensaje de bienvenida or iniciar grabaciones en modo 'headless' desde aplicaciones externas autenticadas. Funciona mientras se ejecuta el servidor."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261
#, no-wrap
msgid "Recording"
msgstr "Grabación"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-R or --recording`"
msgstr "`-R ó --recording`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active."
msgstr "Establecer el directorio de grabación del Servidor. Por defecto, el Servidor grabará cuando una sesión esté activa."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n"
msgstr "**Nota:** Deberás guardar las grabaciones a una ruta _fuera_ del directorio raiz de Jamulus, o quitar `ProtectHome=true` del archivo de unidad systemd, pero ten en cuenta que hacerlo podría acarrear un riesgo de seguridad.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications."
msgstr "Las grabaciones son por pista en formato [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` y [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Abre los archivos respectivos para escucharlos en esas aplicaciones."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n"
msgstr "**Nota:** Cuando tu Servidor esté grabando, los Clientes mostrarán un mensaje en un banner rojo informando de que la grabación está activa.\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--norecord`"
msgstr "`--norecord`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:274
msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured."
msgstr "Establecer que el Servidor no grabe por defecto cuando la grabación está configurada."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling Recording"
msgstr "Controlar la Grabación"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:279
msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves."
msgstr "La grabación comienza cuando la primera persona se conecta al Servidor y se detiene cuando la última persona se va."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281
msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)."
msgstr "Si el Servidor recibe una señal SIGUSR1 durante una grabación, iniciará una nueva grabación en un nuevo directorio. SIGUSR2 activará/desactivará la grabación. Si [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) está activado, también podrás gestionar el servidor de una forma comparable a la interfaz gráfica. Consulta la documentación (experimental) [de JSON-RPC para la grabación](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284
msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)."
msgstr "Para enviar estas señales utilizando systemd, crea los siguientes dos archivos `.service` en `/etc/systemd/system`, dándoles un nombre apropiado (por ej. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286
msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):"
msgstr "Para activar o desactivar la grabación (dependiendo del estado actual):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:287
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -826,12 +814,12 @@ msgstr ""
" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298
msgid "To start a new recording:"
msgstr "Para iniciar una nueva grabación:"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -851,151 +839,162 @@ msgstr ""
" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310
msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example."
msgstr "_Nota: El nombre del servicio Jamulus en la línea `ExecStart` tiene que ser el mismo que el nombre del fichero `.service` usado por systemd para controlar tu servidor Jamulus. Por defecto, si utiliza los archivos `.deb` del repositorio, es `jamulus-headless`, como en este ejemplo."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:312
msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use."
msgstr "Ejecuta `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` para registrarlos para su primer uso."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:"
msgstr "Ahora puedes ejecutarlos con el comando `systemctl`, por ejemplo:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`"
msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log."
msgstr "Puede ver el resultado de estos comandos si ejecuta `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (o el nombre del servicio correspondiente que haya especificado manualmente). También puede ver su registro (sys)."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321
#, no-wrap
msgid "Adding metadata to the Server"
msgstr "Añadir metadatos al Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:324
msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information."
msgstr "Puedes añadir metadatos al mensaje de bienvenida de un Servidor para incluir información adicional oculta, como información de contacto o solicitudes de políticas para bots (esto es comparable a [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). Consulta la [entrada de la Base de Conocimiento Comunitario sobre metadatos](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) para más información."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327
#, no-wrap
msgid "Servers on the desktop"
msgstr "Servidores en el escritorio"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:330
msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:"
msgstr "Jamulus puede ejecutarse en modo Servidor en el entorno gráfico de un ordenador. Esto te ofrece una interfaz gráfica para controlar la mayoría de los ajustes. Para ello, primero [instala Jamulus para tu plataforma](Getting-Started), y luego realiza una de las siguientes opciones:"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332
msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option."
msgstr "**Usuarios de Windows** - Utiliza el icono de \"Jamulus Server\" del menú de inicio de Windows. Si quieres que el Servidor arranque automáticamente al iniciar Windows, activa la casilla correspondiente."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications."
msgstr "**Usuarios de macOS** - Haz doble clic en el icono \"Jamulus Server\" en Aplicaciones."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return."
msgstr "**Usuarios de Linux** - Lanza el acceso directo \"Jamulus Server\". O abre una terminal (`CTRL+ALT+t en Debian y distros relacionadas), teclea `jamulus -s` y dale a Enter."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
msgstr "Mientras que la mayoría de las funciones más comunes de Jamulus pueden configurarse usando la interfaz gráfica, otras solo pueden ser controladas utilizando la terminal para iniciar el Servidor. Exactamente cómo se hace dependerá de tu sistema operativo."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
#, no-wrap
msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo de configuración específico, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo a Jamulus y selecciona **Propiedades** > **Objetivo**. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
#, no-wrap
msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
msgstr "Para macOS, arranca una ventana de Terminal y ejecuta Jamulus con las opciones deseadas como sigue:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
#, no-wrap
msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n"
msgstr "**Nota** Las opciones de línea de comandos establecen la configuración por defecto del Servidor al arrancar. Puedes anularlos mientras el Servidor se está ejecutando utilizando sus correspondientes controles en la interfaz gráfica.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:349
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Server status icon"
msgstr "Icono de estado del Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:"
msgstr "Cuando un Servidor está funcionando en modo gráfico, el sistema operativo mostrará un icono en la bandeja del sistema o en el área de notificaciones para indicar si el Servidor tiene conexiones:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:354
#, no-wrap
msgid ", 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-25 10:27+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -35,17 +35,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Manual del Software"
-
#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
-msgstr "Manual de Usuario de Jamulus"
+msgid "User Manual"
+msgstr "Manual del Usuario"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
@@ -83,8 +77,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
#, no-wrap
-msgid " \n"
-msgstr " \n"
+msgid "\n"
+msgstr "\n"
#. type: Title #
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21
@@ -115,8 +109,8 @@ msgstr "Ping, Retardo y Jitter"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n"
-msgstr "**Ping** muestra tu latencia de red en milisegundos, y cuanto más bajo, mejor. El tiempo ping contribuye al retardo total (ver abajo). La causa más probable de un ping alto es que tu distancia al servidor es demasiado grande. \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
+msgstr "**Ping** muestra tu latencia de red en milisegundos, y cuanto más bajo, mejor. El tiempo ping contribuye al retardo total (ver abajo). La causa más probable de un ping alto es que tu distancia al servidor es demasiado grande.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34
@@ -227,8 +221,8 @@ msgstr "Chat"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
-msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando se recibe un nuevo mensaje de chat."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
+msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando llega un nuevo mensaje de chat."
#. type: Title ##
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76
@@ -249,8 +243,8 @@ msgstr " Connection Setup..."
+msgstr "Archivo > Configuración de Conexión..."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr "Abre la [ventana de conexiones (ver más arriba)](#botón-conexióndesconexión)."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr "Archivo > Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr "Puedes guardar y restaurar la mezcla que tienes para tu grupo. Esto guarda tu configuración para el volumen, paneo, mute y solo de cada persona. Puedes cargar esta mezcla en cualquier momento (incluso mientras tocas). Se puede cargar también arrastrando y dejando caer el archivo de configuración en la ventana del mezclador."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr "Archivo > Salir"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr "Cierra todas las ventanas y la aplicación en sí."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr "Editar > Eliminar todas las configuraciones de Solo y Mute"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr "Cuando aplicas Solo o Mute a un canal, Jamulus recuerda estas configuraciones. Aunque esa persona se marche y luego vuelva - o tú te unes a un servidor donde esa persona está tocando - se aplicará automáticamente la configuración. Utiliza este comando para eliminar _todas_ estas configuraciones guardadas."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr "Editar > Todos los faders al nivel Cliente nuevo"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr "Aplica el [\"Nivel Cliente Nuevo\" configurado](#nivel-cliente-nuevo) a todos los canales actualmente conectados."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr "Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr "Aplica un ajuste puntual a cada canal dependiendo de su volumen. Útil para grandes conjuntos, para obtener una mezcla general razonable, aunque puede que sea necesario realizar algún ajuste individual. Se aconseja aplicarlo durante el calentamiento o durante una parte uniforme de la pieza a tocar."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr "Ver > (opciones de orden)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First
\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"La mayoría de los ítems en el menú de \"Ver\" te permiten ajustar el orden que escoge Jamulus para mostrar los canales del servidor.\n"
+"* Fader Propio Primero
\n"
+"Esta opción se puede utilizar sumada a las otras para que tu canal siempre esté en el extremo izquierdo, sin importar el orden escogido para los demás canales.\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting
\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name
\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group
\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel
\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"* No ordenar usuarios
\n"
+"Esto no tiene en cuenta ningún dato de los usuarios al ordenar. Ordena según el orden en el que se unen al servidor actual como se describe arriba, añadiendo canales nuevos en el extremo derecho.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios por Nombre
\n"
+"Ordena según el nombre escogido por el usuario en su perfil.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios por Instrumento / Ciudad
\n"
+"Ordena según el instrumento o la ciudad que la persona tiene en su perfil, junto con su nombre.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios de Canal por Grupo
\n"
+"Cuando se utiliza la función de agrupar faders, esto ordena por número de grupo en orden ascendente (y dentro de éste, por nombre), con cualquier canal no agrupado a la derecha.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios por Canal
\n"
+"Cuando los controles de canal de Jamulus (fader, mute, solo, etc) se controlan mediante MIDI (véase [Utilizar --ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar---ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)), esto ordena por número de canal para ayudar a asegurar un orden estable que se alinee con los controles de hardware MIDI.\n"
+"Nótese que en clientes de Jamulus anteriores a la versión 3.12.0, los números de canal son asignados directamente por el servidor. Los clientes desde 3.12.0 en adelante gestionan su propia asignación de números de canal y siempre asignan el canal 0 al usuario local (siempre y cuando la versión del servidor sea al menos 3.5.5).\n"
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr "Ver > Chat"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr "Abre la ventana del [Chat](#chat)."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr "Menú de Configuración"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr "Permite acceso directo a cada una de las pestañas de [Configuración](#configuración)."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Ayuda"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr "Ofrece acceso a las páginas de [Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started) y al [Manual del Usuario](Software-Manual) (esta página) en la página web, junto con detalles sobre el copyright, la licencia y la atribución. También hay una opción de \"¿Qué es esto?\" para obtener más detalles sobre partes de la interfaz de usuario."
+
#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
#, no-wrap
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configuración"
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "My Profile"
msgstr "Mi Perfil"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
msgstr "Desde el menú de Configuración, selecciona \"Mi Perfil...\" para establecer tu Alias/Nombre, mostrado debajo de tu fader en la ventana principal del cliente de Jamulus."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
#, no-wrap
msgid ", 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-08 08:21+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-23 15:00+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
@@ -233,98 +233,309 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgstr "Utilizar ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgstr "Utilizar `--ctrlmidich` para controladores MIDI"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr "El fader de volumen, el control de paneo y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar utilizando un controlador MIDI conectado. Esta función está disponible desde la versión 3.7.0 en macOS, Linux, y la versión JACK de Jamulus para Windows. Desde Jamulus 3.12.0 en adelante, también está disponible para la versión sin JACK (ASIO) de Windows. Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe iniciarse con la opción `--ctrlmidich` en la línea de comandos."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr "Cuándo esta opción se utiliza en la línea de comandos, Jamulus asignará un número de canal prefijado a cada nombre de Cliente, el cual puede utilizarse para controlar el canal mediante números MIDI CC. Desde la versión de Jamulus 3.12.0 en adelante, cuando se está conectado a un servidor de al menos la versión 3.5.5, tu propio fader siempre recibirá el canal 0, así que aparecerá primero cuando se ordena por canal o cuando se habilita \"Fader Propio Primero\"."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Consejo*: Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia a \"Ordenar Usuarios por Canal\" (o teclea `Ctrl+E`).\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Cuando se utiliza JACK o macOS, asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux quizá tengas que instalar y arrancar `a2jmidid` para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl. En la versión para Windows sin JACK, Jamulus encontrará el/los dispositivo(s) MIDI automáticamente, pero consulta la opción `d` más abajo si hay más de un dispositivo MIDI conectado."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` acepta un único argumento. Si lo omites, el parámetro se ignora. Hay dos formatos para el argumento:"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr "La definición heredada tiene uno o dos números en el formato:"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr " [Canal MIDI];[compensación para el primer fader]\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr "Se requiere `canal MIDI`, de lo contrario el argumento del parámetro se ignora y la función no se activa. `0` significa \"cualquier canal\", `1`-`16` solo recibe mensajes MIDI en el canal MIDI especificado."
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr "`compensación para el primer fader` es el primer número MIDI CC utilizado para controlar un fader de Canal de Jamulus (por defecto 70, que encaja con el valor por defecto usado por el Behringer X-Touch), con todos los números MIDI CC consecutivo utilizados; debe ser un número, de lo contrario se utiliza el formato largo."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden ascendente de izquierda a derecha. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 1 (de más a la izquierda) se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " For example\n"
+msgstr " Por ejemplo\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr " recibe en todos los canales MIDI y utiliza el controlador MIDI 70 para controlar el fader del canal 0 de Jamulus, y así sucesivamente. Aquí hay otro ejemplo:\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr " Aquí recibe en el canal MIDI 2 y utiliza el controlador MIDI 50 para controlar el fader del canal 0 de Jamulus, y así sucesivamente.\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr "El formato largo es una secuencia de compensaciones y cuentas para varios controladores:"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr " [canal MIDI];[letra de control][compensación](*[cuenta])(;...)\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr "`letra de control` define a qué Control de Jamulus se asigna el número del controlador MIDI:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux tendrás que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+" |--------:|---------|\n"
+" | `f` | Fader |\n"
+" | `p` | Pan |\n"
+" | `s` | Solo |\n"
+" | `m` | Mute |\n"
+msgstr ""
+" | letra de control | Control Jamulus |\n"
+" |--------:|---------|\n"
+" | `f` | Fader |\n"
+" | `p` | Paneo |\n"
+" | `s` | Solo |\n"
+" | `m` | Mute |\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr "`compensación` es el número MIDI CC de base para el control."
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr "`cuenta` es el número de valores CC para el control, que por defecto es 1 (esto es, el número de canales de Jamulus que se pueden controlar)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia de \"No Ordenar Usuarios\" a otra opción y luego vuelve a esa (por ej. teclea `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). \".\n"
+msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr " Un ejemplo para el Korg nanoKONTROL2 utilizando ocho potenciómetros deslizantes empezando en MIDI CC 0 para controlar faders y ocho potenciómetros giratorios empezando en MIDI CC 16 para controlar paneo, en cualquier canal MIDI, para ocho canales de Jamulus sería\n"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr " Aumentando esto para añadir ocho botones de Solo empezando en CC 32, y ocho botones de Mute empezando en CC 48 nos daría:\n"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr "Hay disponibles dos valores de `letras de control` adicionales:"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr "`o` controla Silenciarme Yo y tiene una única compensación (esto es, se ignora `cuenta` y se toma como 1)."
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:"
+msgstr "`d` es una opción en Jamulus para Windows sin JACK para especificar un dispositivo MIDI de entrada por nombre -- sin ello, todos los dispositivos serán asignados a Jamulus; con ello, solo se utilizará el dispositivo especificado. Por ejemplo:"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr " recibiría desde CC0 hasta CC7 en el canal MIDI 1 desde un dispositivo MIDI llamado \"nanoKontrol\". Recuerda que debes meter el argumento `--ctrlmidich` en comillas dobles y así no tendrás problemas con nombres de dispositivos que contienen espacios.\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr " Para descubrir el nombre correcto del dispositivo a utilizar, arranca Jamulus desde la línea de comandos con `--ctrlmidich` y observa los mensajes. Jamulus dará una lista de todos los dispositivos descubiertos:\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" - configuración controlador MIDI: 0\n"
+" - número de puerto asignado: 22134\n"
+" - dispositivos MIDI encontrados: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+" - configuración controlador MIDI: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+" - número de puerto asignado: 22134\n"
+" - dispositivos MIDI encontrados: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignorado)\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr "\tNótese que si solo hay un dispositivo MIDI conectado, la opción `d` no es necesaria, ya que Jamulus utilizará este dispositivo automáticamente.\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr "\tEn macOS, Linux o Windows con JACK, la opción `d` se acepta si se incluye, pero se ignora.\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información al dispositivo sobre el estado de encendido/apagado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe estar al tanto y conmutar los LEDs (si los tiene) entre 'encendido' y 'apagado' por sí mismo; esto es, los botones de tu controlador MIDI deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "For Server admins"
msgstr "Para administradores de Servidores"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
msgstr "Convertir un Servidor Registrado en uno Sin Registrar sobre la marcha"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor Registrado el tiempo suficiente para que la gente se conecte, y luego hacerlo \"privado\" (Sin Registrar) cambiando el Directorio a \"ninguno\" en la ventana del Servidor. La gente seguirá conectada al Servidor hasta que se desconecte. (¡Gracias a [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) por este truco!)"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "Remote management of recordings"
msgstr "Gestión remota de grabaciones"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) ha escrito una [herramienta web remota](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) para iniciar y detener grabaciones en Servidores en Linux, permitiéndote descargarlas luego desde tu navegador. Ver también [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) de [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), que también incluye un script de recuperación de grabaciones del Servidor."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
#, no-wrap
msgid "Making a Server status page"
msgstr "Hacer una página de estado del Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
msgstr "Con el parámetro `-m` de la línea de comandos, se pueden generar estadísticas del Servidor para mostrarlas en una página web."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
msgstr "Este es un ejemplo de script php utilizando el archivo de estado del Servidor para mostrar el estado actual del Servidor en una página html (asumiendo que se utiliza el siguiente parámetro de la línea de comandos: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden numérico. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 0 se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
+
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# Tips & Tricks\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po
index ae1390d88..5278b83ba 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po
@@ -106,103 +106,78 @@ msgid "DNS SRV record support"
msgstr "Soporte para registro DNS SRV"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37
-msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
-msgstr "Los Clientes Jamulus admiten [registros DNS SRV (registros de \"servicio\")](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). Si un Cliente encuentra un registro SRV asociado con el nombre de dominio indicado en la ventana de Conexión, intentará conectarse al host y puerto del punto final indicados en el registro SRV. Este proceso es similar a la redirección HTTP en un navegador web, solo que se produce entre los Clientes Jamulus y el servidor DNS. El Servidor Jamulus no participa en esta interacción. Los Servidores Jamulus se limitan a escuchar las conexiones en el mismo puerto que figura en el registro SRV."
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:36
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Los Clientes Jamulus admiten [registros DNS SRV (registros de \"servicio\")](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). Si un Cliente encuentra un registro SRV asociado con el nombre de dominio indicado en la ventana de Conexión, intentará conectarse al host y puerto del punto final indicados en el registro SRV. Este proceso es similar a la redirección HTTP en un navegador web, solo que se produce entre los Clientes Jamulus y el servidor DNS. El Servidor Jamulus no participa en esta interacción. Los Servidores Jamulus se limitan a escuchar las conexiones en el mismo puerto que figura en el registro SRV."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Why is this helpful?"
-msgstr "¿Por qué es esto útil?"
+#~ msgid "Why is this helpful?"
+#~ msgstr "¿Por qué es esto útil?"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41
-msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
-msgstr "Un Cliente Jamulus puede conectarse a un Servidor en un puerto no predeterminado especificando el puerto como parte de la dirección del Servidor. Un administrador de Servidor puede querer dar a los usuarios una dirección simple sin los detalles del puerto, mientras sigue habilitando Jamulus en un puerto no predeterminado. En este caso, la información del puerto puede obtenerse de un registro SRV."
+#~ msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Un Cliente Jamulus puede conectarse a un Servidor en un puerto no predeterminado especificando el puerto como parte de la dirección del Servidor. Un administrador de Servidor puede querer dar a los usuarios una dirección simple sin los detalles del puerto, mientras sigue habilitando Jamulus en un puerto no predeterminado. En este caso, la información del puerto puede obtenerse de un registro SRV."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43
-msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
-msgstr "Una dirección introducida en la ventana de Conexión podría tener el aspecto de ```jamulus.ejemplo.com```. Si se encuentra un registro SRV para este dominio DNS, el Cliente Jamulus intentará conectarse al Servidor en el host:puerto que aparece en el registro SRV, como por ejemplo ```jamulus.ejemplo.com:12345```."
+#~ msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
+#~ msgstr "Una dirección introducida en la ventana de Conexión podría tener el aspecto de ```jamulus.ejemplo.com```. Si se encuentra un registro SRV para este dominio DNS, el Cliente Jamulus intentará conectarse al Servidor en el host:puerto que aparece en el registro SRV, como por ejemplo ```jamulus.ejemplo.com:12345```."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45
-msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
-msgstr "Si no se encuentran registros SRV en el servidor DNS, un Cliente intentará conectarse al Servidor como se especifica en la ventana de conexión."
+#~ msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
+#~ msgstr "Si no se encuentran registros SRV en el servidor DNS, un Cliente intentará conectarse al Servidor como se especifica en la ventana de conexión."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Creating SRV records"
-msgstr "Creación de registros SRV"
+#~ msgid "Creating SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "Creación de registros SRV"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49
-msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
-msgstr "Los registros SRV son creados por el administrador del dominio que se utiliza para alojar el Servidor Jamulus. Los registros SRV se añaden a través del portal de administración (o API si está disponible) del servicio de alojamiento DNS del dominio. El formato de la entrada del registro SRV puede variar según el servicio de alojamiento de DNS, pero por lo general tendrá un aspecto similar al siguiente."
+#~ msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
+#~ msgstr "Los registros SRV son creados por el administrador del dominio que se utiliza para alojar el Servidor Jamulus. Los registros SRV se añaden a través del portal de administración (o API si está disponible) del servicio de alojamiento DNS del dominio. El formato de la entrada del registro SRV puede variar según el servicio de alojamiento de DNS, pero por lo general tendrá un aspecto similar al siguiente."
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
-" \n"
-" # or, more specifically\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-msgstr ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
-" \n"
-" # o, más específicamente\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # or, more specifically\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # o, más específicamente\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
-msgstr "**Nota:** Puedes alojar varios Servidores Jamulus en diferentes puertos de un mismo host asignando a cada uno su propio registro SRV.\n"
+#~ msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
+#~ msgstr "**Nota:** Puedes alojar varios Servidores Jamulus en diferentes puertos de un mismo host asignando a cada uno su propio registro SRV.\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61
-msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
-msgstr "Consulta la documentación de tu proveedor de DNS para obtener instrucciones sobre la creación de un registro SRV."
+#~ msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Consulta la documentación de tu proveedor de DNS para obtener instrucciones sobre la creación de un registro SRV."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
-msgstr "Ejemplo de uso con registros SRV"
+#~ msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "Ejemplo de uso con registros SRV"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65
-msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
-msgstr "Este ejemplo asume que el DNS contiene un registro A o CNAME que resuelve a ```server1.example.com```, donde se ejecutan tres instancias de Servidores Jamulus, cada una escuchando en uno de los tres puertos listados a continuación."
+#~ msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
+#~ msgstr "Este ejemplo asume que el DNS contiene un registro A o CNAME que resuelve a ```server1.example.com```, donde se ejecutan tres instancias de Servidores Jamulus, cada una escuchando en uno de los tres puertos listados a continuación."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67
-msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
-msgstr "Alternativamente, `server1.example.com` puede ser un router, NAT-gateway, o load-balancer que redirige cada uno de los puertos a un Servidor (o Servidores) Jamulus backend."
+#~ msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
+#~ msgstr "Alternativamente, `server1.example.com` puede ser un router, NAT-gateway, o load-balancer que redirige cada uno de los puertos a un Servidor (o Servidores) Jamulus backend."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-msgstr ""
-"| CLIENTE JAMULUS | REGISTRO DNS SRV | SERVIDOR JAMULUS |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "| CLIENTE JAMULUS | REGISTRO DNS SRV | SERVIDOR JAMULUS |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
-msgstr "*Es importante recordar que DNS no está redirigiendo conexiones. Simplemente le dice al Cliente Jamulus a qué host:puerto público conectarse.\n"
+#~ msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Es importante recordar que DNS no está redirigiendo conexiones. Simplemente le dice al Cliente Jamulus a qué host:puerto público conectarse.\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
index fe8af5cf1..2c697a2a5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# gallegonovato , 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-04 14:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:08+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po
index 4f8c084b6..dc8142558 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po
@@ -2,22 +2,22 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Olivier Humbert , 2022.
-# Olivier Humbert , 2023, 2024.
+# Olivier Humbert , 2023, 2024, 2025.
# cosas , 2023.
# Julien Taverna , 2023.
# ignotus , 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-12 16:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n"
"Language-Team: French ![]()
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32
+msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+msgstr "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53
@@ -116,13 +128,13 @@ msgstr "Willst du mithelfen?"
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!"
-msgstr "Ideen? Einen Fehler gefunden? Willst du Code beitragen oder Jamulus in deine Sprache [übersetzen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md)? Da Jamulus [freie und Open-Source-Software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) ist und unter der [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.htm) lizenziert ist, kannst du uns helfen!"
+msgstr "Du hast eine Idee, einen Fehler gefunden, möchtest [übersetzen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) oder Code beitragen? Da Jamulus [freie und Open-Source-Software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) ist und unter der [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.htm) lizenziert ist, kannst du mithelfen!"
#. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!"
-msgstr "Schau dir unsere [Beitragsrichtlinien](wiki/Contribution) an um mitzugestalten. Jeder ist willkommen!"
+msgstr "Schau dir unsere [Beitragsrichtlinien](wiki/Contribution) an und mach mit – Jeder ist willkommen!"
#. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 56784652b..543234bd5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:01+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -174,7 +174,9 @@ msgstr "Wie genau du vermeidest, dass du dein direktes Signal hörst, hängt von
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
msgstr "Beachte dass das Abhören des Serversignals zwar sicherstellt, dass du mit den anderen Musikern synchron bist, dass es aber auch zu Problemen kommen kann, wenn die Gesamtlatenz (angezeigt durch die „Verzögerung“-Lampe in Jamulus) die meiste Zeit über nicht grün oder zumindest gelb ist. Lies das [Software-Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual), um zu erfahren, wie du dein Setup in diesem Fall anpassen kannst."
#. type: Title ###
@@ -342,7 +344,9 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
msgstr "Für alles andere suche bitte im [Forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) oder poste dort deine Frage"
#, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/DNS-SRV-Support.po b/_translator-files/po/de/DNS-SRV-Support.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b844295b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/DNS-SRV-Support.po
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/DNS-SRV-Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1 ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "DNS SRV Record Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:12
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Background - connecting to a Server or Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The default UDP port on which a Jamulus Server or Directory listens is **22124**. Normally, when a Client or a Server is given a plain hostname or an IP address to connect to, such as `198.51.100.46` or `jamulus.example.com`, it will use `22124` as the destination port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Since a single Jamulus Server only provides a single \"room\", and a single Jamulus Directory only provides a single \"list\", it is often useful to run multiple Jamulus Server or Directory instances on a single host, sharing one IP address. In order to do this, the instances must each be made to listen on a different UDP port. This is done by specifying the port number on the command line, using `-p NNNNN` or `--port NNNNN`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:19
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If such a Server is registered with a Directory, such as the standard Jamulus Directories, e.g. **Any Genre 1**, the port number in use is automatically detected by the Directory at registration time, and stored in the list which is sent to a Client. The user's Jamulus Client can then connect to the Server in the normal way from the list in the Connect Dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:21
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "However, a Jamulus instance wanting to connect _directly_ to a Server or Directory by IP or hostname must know the port number to use. This can be specified after the IP address or hostname, such as `198.51.100.46:22123` or `jamulus.example.com:22120`. Such port numbers are not very memorable, so it's often necessary to look them up! The solution is for the server operator to publish the port number using an SRV record in DNS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:22
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Using DNS SRV to publish port numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:25
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A [DNS SRV record (\"service\" record)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) is a special DNS record that can be used to publish the port number and hostname that should be used to connect to a particular service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:27
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus Clients and Servers are able to make use of such records. Depending on the version of Jamulus (see below), if it finds a DNS SRV record associated with the domain name given, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. The user does not have to specify the port number explicitly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server for the hostname given, Jamulus will attempt to connect to the Directory or Server address on the default port number `22124`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:30
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus versions supporting SRV"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:33
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Clients with version **3.10.0** or later support SRV records for a hostname given in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the Connect dialog as \"Server Address\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "On the command line with `-c`, to specify immediate direct connection to a Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:38
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In addition to the above, both Clients and Servers with version **3.12.0** or later also support SRV records for a hostname given to specify a Directory, in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: (GUI) in the \"Custom Directory address\" setting under \"Options\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Client: (GUI) in the list of custom Directories under \"Advanced Setup\" in \"Settings\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:43
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Creating DNS SRV records"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the DNS domain being used to host the Jamulus Server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:47
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:52
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Note that the `name` and `target` hostnames may either be the same or different. `name` is the hostname the user will use without a port number for SRV lookup, and `target` is the hostname the Jamulus will use together with the discovered port number in order to connect to the Jamulus Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:54
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the case of Jamulus, the `service` must be `jamulus` and the `proto` must be `udp`, so the record will look like this (for a port number of `12345`):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:55
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _jamulus._udp.myserver.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 myhost.example.com.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:60
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This technique allows you to host many Jamulus Servers or Directories at different ports on a single host with different hostnames by giving each its own SRV record. This avoids having to give your users the port number, which may be less memorable than a name. In the above example, the user will specify `myserver.example.com` and Jamulus will then connect to `myhost.example.com:12345`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:62
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:63
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Example - SRV records for the main Jamulus public Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:66
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the `jamulus.io` domain, SRV records have been created to specify the correct port for each of the standard public Directories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:76
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"| DIRECTORY | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+"| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- |\n"
+"| `anygenre1.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre1.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22124 anygenre1.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124` |\n"
+"| `anygenre2.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre2.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22224 anygenre2.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224` |\n"
+"| `anygenre3.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre3.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22624 anygenre3.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624` |\n"
+"| `rock.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.rock.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22424 rock.jamulus.io.` | `rock.jamulus.io:22424` |\n"
+"| `jazz.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.jazz.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22324 jazz.jamulus.io.` | `jazz.jamulus.io:22324` |\n"
+"| `classical.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.classical.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22524 classical.jamulus.io.` | `classical.jamulus.io:22524` |\n"
+"| `choral.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.choral.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22724 choral.jamulus.io.` | `choral.jamulus.io:22724` |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:78
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This means that a Jamulus Server of version **3.12.0** or later can just give the hostname of the Directory to the `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option, without needing to find and specify the port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:79
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A server administrator can use the same technique to publish an SRV record for his own Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po
index 4c76cccc4..cdce78809 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po
@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
index 82d39e024..5b5056ab5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
# Allan Nordhøy , 2022.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:21+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ msgstr "Während du online bist, kannst du die Chat Funktion nutzen, um eine Nac
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von Jamulus findest du im [Software Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr "Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von Jamulus findest du im [Benutzerhandbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
#. type: Title ##
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 14df92c9d..26aeb82b4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` oder `--nojackconnect` Nicht automatisch mit JACK verbinden"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller-verwenden)"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po
index e4a41cc33..648467d3d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: German , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 16:59+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: German , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
# Allan Nordhøy , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
@@ -118,94 +118,84 @@ msgstr "Wenn du keine externe Soundkarte besitzt, wirst du wahrscheinlich keinen
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39
-msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
-msgstr "Du kannst zwei Versionen von ASIO4ALL testen. ASIO4ALL v2.14 nutzt einen Workaround für einen Bug, der eventuell Probleme mit anderen Funktionen auslöst."
+msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45
msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
msgstr "[ASIO4ALL Website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL"
msgstr "ASIO4ALL einrichten"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46
msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything."
msgstr "Je nach Hardware musst du verschiedene Einstellungen ausprobieren. Wenn alles funktioniert, musst du nichts tun."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
msgstr "**Tipp:** Richte deine Soundkarte ein, während du [mit einem Server verbunden bist](Getting-Started#mit-einem-server-verbinden-und-audio-testen), damit du dein Instrument oder deine Stimme hören kannst. Dadurch kannst du prüfen, ob alles richtig eingerichtet ist, aber lies erst einmal weiter.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51
msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:"
msgstr "Bevor du Jamulus startest:"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running."
msgstr "**Schließe alle anderen Programme** (besonders die, die (wie z.B. dein Browser/Media Player) auf deine Soundkarte zugreifen könnten). ASIO4ALL benötigt exklusiven Zugriff auf die Soundkarte, das bedeutet, dass andere Programme keinen Ton ausgeben/aufnehmen können, wenn Jamulus mit ASIO4ALL läuft."
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:"
msgstr "Wenn das Audio nicht sofort funktioniert, stelle sicher, dass die **richtigen Ein-/Ausgänge** in ASIO4ALL **aktiv sind**. Alle anderen sollten ausgeschaltet sein. Suche in der [gemeinsame Auflistung funktionsfähiger ASIO4ALL Einstellungen](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) nach deinem System oder stelle sie selbst ein, wenn du deine nicht findest:"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)"
msgstr "So richtest du ASIO4ALL-Eingänge ein (Anleitung)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open Jamulus's settings"
msgstr "Jamulus Einstellungen öffnen"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)"
msgstr "Klick auf _„ASIO Geräte Einstellungen“_ (linke Spalte in Jamulus, unten)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)"
msgstr "Aktiviere die _erweiterte Ansicht_ in ASIO4ALL (klicke auf das Werkzeug-Icon unten rechts)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name"
msgstr "Aktiviere nur die Soundkarte, die du nutzen willst, indem du auf den Knopf direkt neben dem Namen der Soundkarte klickst"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card"
msgstr "Öffne deine Soundkarte über das _Plus-Icon_ neben der Soundkarte, um die Ein/Ausgänge anzuzeigen"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)."
msgstr "Aktiviere die richtigen Ein/Ausgänge in der Liste unter deiner Soundkarte und deaktiviere alle anderen Ein/Ausgänge. Du kannst über den Ein/Ausgängen hovern (mit dem Mauszeiger auf über dem Ein/Ausgang ruhen) ob sie die richtige Sample Rate für Jamulus unterstützen (48kHz; DVD-Qualität)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"**Hints:**\n"
@@ -219,47 +209,53 @@ msgstr ""
"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input ist normalerweise nicht der Eingang/Ausgang, den du suchst. Schalte ihn daher aus, wenn du ihn siehst.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Fehlerbehebung"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card."
msgstr "Wenn es scheint, das nichts funktioniert, versuche zuerst Jamulus und/oder deinen PC **neu zu starten**, damit Hintergrundprozesse, die auf die Soundkarte zugreifen könnten, geschlossen werden."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74
msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)."
msgstr "Danach versuche *die Ein-/Ausgänge nochmal neu einzurichten*. Aktivierte und zugängliche Ein-/Ausgänge zeigen ein leuchtendes An/Aus- und ein Play-Symbol. Wenn du ein rotes Kreuz oder ein gelbes Symbol siehst, musst du eventuell andere Anwendungen schließen (z.B. deinen Browser, Zoom, usw.) oder deinen PC neu starten."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL."
msgstr "Werfe einen Blick auf [dieses Video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) von [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza), das detailliertere Informationen zur Einrichtung von ASIO4ALL enthält."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
msgstr "Offizielle und ausführliche Infos zur Konfiguration von ASIO4ALL sind auch in den [FAQs auf der ASIO4ALL Website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"} dokumentiert."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "Alles installiert?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
msgid "Take a look at"
msgstr "Wirf einen Blick auf die"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
+#~ msgstr "Du kannst zwei Versionen von ASIO4ALL testen. ASIO4ALL v2.14 nutzt einen Workaround für einen Bug, der eventuell Probleme mit anderen Funktionen auslöst."
+
+#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows"
#~ msgstr "# Installation auf Windows"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po
index 054dcfeac..edd6b049b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -64,108 +64,133 @@ msgstr "Wissenswertes über iOS"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20
-msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus."
msgstr "Wenn du keinen PC besitzt, empfehlen wir dir einen [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, ein preiswertes und kleines Gerät, das sehr gut mit Jamulus funktioniert. iOS-Unterstützung ist nur ein Proof of Concept und erfordert bestimmte Fähigkeiten."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
-msgstr "Um Jamulus auf deinem iOS-Gerät zu installieren, benötigst du ein (kostenloses oder kostenpflichtiges) Apple Developer-Account und vorzugsweise einen Computer."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
-msgstr "Wenn du nicht für ein Apple-Entwicklerkonto bezahlst, läuft Jamulus höchstens 7 Tage lang, bevor du es erneut installieren musst."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub. Bluetooth Headphones do not work well."
msgstr "Jamulus auf iOS funktioniert relativ gut wenn alles richtig eingerichtet ist. Wir empfehlen dringend, ein Audio-Interface und einen USB-Ethernet-Adapter zu verwenden. Falls du ein älteres Gerät mit Lightning Anschluss und nicht USB-C besitzt, kannst du z.B. den [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) und einen (mit Strom versorgten) USB-Hub verwenden."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi."
msgstr "Falls du Jamulus in einem kabellosen Netzwerk nutzen musst, solltest du Mobilfunk (5G) WLAN vorziehen."
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
-msgstr "Inoffizielle Jamulus kompatible Apps wie [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/de/app/koord/id1621509341) sind im AppStore verfügbar aber haben eventuell nicht die selben Features wie der offizielle Jamulus Release."
-
#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Installation for iOS"
+msgid "Install for iOS (AppStore)"
+msgstr "Installation auf iOS"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Plug in your audio interface into your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+msgid "Connect a wired internet connection to your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '3. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+msgid "[Download Jamulus (AppStore)]({{ site.download_ios_app_store_link }}){:.button}"
+msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) auf einen PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Install for iOS manually (for experienced users only)"
msgstr "Installation auf iOS (nur für erfahrene Benutzer)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis**: Wir stellen eine unsignierte .ipa-Datei zur Verfügung, die du signieren und dann auf deinem Gerät installieren musst. Wenn dein Gerät nicht Jailbroken ist (und AppSync installiert hast), benötigst du möglicherweise zusätzliche Software, um Jamulus zu installieren. Dafür gibt es mehrere Möglichkeiten, aber in dieser Anleitung wird nur die gängigste Methode beschrieben. Bitte beachte, dass wir davon ausgehen, dass du bereits ein (kostenloses) Apple-Entwicklerkonto hast. Wenn du noch keines hast, erstelle eine neue Apple ID und [registriere dich für ein Entwicklerkonto](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Wir empfehlen dir, ein Konto ohne Zwei-Faktor-Authentifizierung zu erstellen, das nicht mit deinem persönlichen Konto verknüpft ist. Du musst das Passwort in die Nicht-Apple-Software eingeben.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) auf einen PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)"
msgstr "Signiere die .ipa-Datei (z. B. mit Xcode oder einer anderen **vertrauenswürdigen** Anwendung. Wir werden hier keine Empfehlungen geben, aber es gibt Apps für jedes Betriebssystem)"
#. type: Bullet: '3. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account."
msgstr "Nach der Unterzeichnung und Installation öffnest du auf deinem iOS-Gerät die Einstellungen und navigierst dann zu Allgemein>Profile (oder VPN und Geräteverwaltung). Tippe auf das Entwicklerkonto, das deinem Konto entspricht, und vertraue dem Konto."
#. type: Bullet: '4. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen"
msgstr "Öffne Jamulus über den Startbildschirm"
#. type: Bullet: '5. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4."
msgstr "Nach 7 Tagen musst du dich erneut bei Jamulus anmelden, wenn du ein kostenloses Entwicklerkonto verwendest. Führe die Aktivierung ab Schritt 4 erneut durch."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40
msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
msgstr "Wenn du einen Mac besitzt und Xcode installiert hast, könnte die Kompilierung von Jamulus aus dem Quellcode eine andere, nativere Option sein. Bitte werfe einen Blick auf die [Kompilierungsanleitung für iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "Feedback and development"
msgstr "Feedback und Entwicklung"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45
-msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+msgid "Jamulus does not have a mobile friendly user interface. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
msgstr "Wir denken, dass die iOS-Unterstützung ist noch nicht ausgereift genug ist um im AppStore veröffentlicht zu werden. Du kannst gerne mithelfen: Besuche einfach das [Jamulus GitHub Repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48
msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore."
msgstr "Bitte lese auch die [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) bezüglich der Veröffentlichung von Jamulus über den Apple AppStore."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "Alles installiert?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the"
msgstr "Jamulus wurde installiert und kann nun verwendet werden. Wirf jetzt einen Blick auf die"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:55
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
+#~ msgstr "Um Jamulus auf deinem iOS-Gerät zu installieren, benötigst du ein (kostenloses oder kostenpflichtiges) Apple Developer-Account und vorzugsweise einen Computer."
+
+#~ msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
+#~ msgstr "Wenn du nicht für ein Apple-Entwicklerkonto bezahlst, läuft Jamulus höchstens 7 Tage lang, bevor du es erneut installieren musst."
+
+#~ msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
+#~ msgstr "Inoffizielle Jamulus kompatible Apps wie [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/de/app/koord/id1621509341) sind im AppStore verfügbar aber haben eventuell nicht die selben Features wie der offizielle Jamulus Release."
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS"
#~ msgstr "# Installation auf iOS"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po
index 3242f0989..ab02432ba 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "### Verwendung von Profilinformationen"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30
-msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
+msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po
index fe04ebcad..358d0675d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -2,21 +2,21 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
# Allan Nordhøy , 2023.
# ignotus , 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "Muss ich einen Server betreiben?"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
+msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Als
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193
msgid "This option takes the format:"
msgstr ""
@@ -495,318 +495,306 @@ msgstr ""
"|**Genre Klassik/Volksmusik** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n"
"|**Genre Chor/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n"
-#. type: Title #####
+#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191
msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:195
msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197
msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n"
msgstr "**Anmerkung**: Semikolon und Zeilenumbruch sind in den Argumenten `yourServerName` und `yourCity` nicht erlaubt\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-L or --licence`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverpublicip`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--directoryfile`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-f or --listfilter`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216
msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "General Server options"
msgstr "Allgemeine Hinweise"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-d or --discononquit`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-l or --log`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229
-msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title #####
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232
-msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n"
+msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-P or --delaypan`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning."
msgstr "Diese Option nutzt kleine Unterschiede in der Ankunftszeit des Schalls zwischen den beiden Ohren. Dies erzeugt einen Stereoeffekt, der dem natürlichen menschlichen Gehör ähnlich ist, im Vergleich zum normalen „Lautstärken“-Panning."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-s` or `--server`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236
msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverbindip`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239
msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-T or --multithreading`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244
msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-u or --numchannels`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247
msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-z or --startminimized`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250
msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "Other options"
msgstr "Andere Optionen"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling the Server via API"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261
#, no-wrap
msgid "Recording"
msgstr "Aufnahmeverzeichnis"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-R or --recording`"
msgstr "`-R oder --recording`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du musst die Aufnahmen in einem Pfad _außerhalb_ des Jamulus-Home-Verzeichnisses speichern oder `ProtectHome=true` aus der systemd-Unit-Datei entfernen (beachte jedoch, dass dies ein potenzielles Sicherheitsrisiko darstellt).\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis**: Wenn dein Server aufzeichnet, zeigen die Clients eine Meldung an, dass die Aufzeichnung läuft.\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--norecord`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:274
msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling Recording"
msgstr "Aufzeichnung steuern"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:279
msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281
msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)."
msgstr "Um diese Signale mit systemd zu senden, erstelle die folgenden zwei `.service`-Dateien in `/etc/systemd/system` und gebe den Dateien einen passenden Namen (z.B. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):"
msgstr "Bespiel einer `.service` Datei zum Ein- oder Ausschalten der Aufzeichnung (je nach aktuellem Status):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:287
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -823,13 +811,13 @@ msgstr ""
" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "To start a new recording:"
msgstr "Zum Starten einer neuen Aufnahme:"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -846,91 +834,91 @@ msgstr ""
" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_"
msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example."
msgstr "_Hinweis: Der Name des Jamulus-Dienstes in der „ExecStart“-Zeile muss mit dem Namen der „service“-Datei übereinstimmen, die du beim Einrichten von systemd zur Steuerung deines Jamulus-Servers erstellt hast. In diesem Beispiel wäre das also `Jamulus-Server.service`_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:312
msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use."
msgstr "Führe `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` aus, um die `.service` Dateien für die erste Verwendung zu registrieren."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:"
msgstr "Jetzt kannst du diese zum Beispiel mit dem Befehl `systemctl` ausführen:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`"
msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs."
msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log."
msgstr "Du kannst das Ergebnis dieser Befehle sehen, wenn du `systemctl status jamulus` ausführst oder die Protokolle einsiehst."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "Backing up the Server"
msgid "Adding metadata to the Server"
msgstr "Serverbackup"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:324
msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327
#, no-wrap
msgid "Servers on the desktop"
msgstr "Server auf dem Desktop"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:330
#, fuzzy
msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:"
msgstr "Jamulus kann im Server-Modus vom Desktop aus gestartet werden. Dadurch erhältst du eine grafische Benutzeroberfläche zur Steuerung der meisten Einstellungen."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332
#, fuzzy
msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option."
msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Wenn du möchtest dass der Server beim Systemstart automatisch gestartet wird, aktiviere das entsprechende Kontrollkästchen.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications."
msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Verwende das Symbol „Jamulus Server“ im Windows-Startmenü.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
#, fuzzy
msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return."
msgstr "**Linux-Benutzer** - Starte die Verknüpfung „Jamulus Server“. Oder öffne ein Terminalfenster (`CTRL+ALT+t` unter Debian und verwandten Distributionen), anschliessend `jamulus -s` eingeben und die Eingabetaste drücken.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
msgstr "Die meisten gängigen Funktionen in Jamulus können über die grafische Benutzeroberfläche eingestellt werden, aber diese und andere können auch über Befehlszeilen Optionen in einem Terminalfenster eingestellt werden. Wie genau das gemacht werden muss hängt von deinem Betriebssystem ab."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
msgstr "Um beispielsweise unter Windows eine bestimmte Einstellungsdatei zu verwenden, klickst du mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Jamulus-Verknüpfung und wählst „Eigenschaften“ > Ziel. Füge die erforderlichen Argumente zu Jamulus.exe hinzu:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -939,12 +927,12 @@ msgstr ""
"```\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
msgstr "Unter macOS startest du ein Terminalfenster und führst Jamulus mit den gewünschten Optionen wie folgt aus:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -953,59 +941,59 @@ msgstr ""
"```\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis**: Mit den Befehlszeilen Optionen werden die Standardeinstellungen des Servers beim Start festgelegt. Du kannst die Einstellungen mit den entsprechenden GUI-Steuerelementen überschreiben, während der Server läuft.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:349
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Server status icon"
msgstr "Server-Status-Symbol"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
#, fuzzy
msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:"
msgstr "Das Betriebssystem zeigt ein Symbol in der Taskleiste oder im Statusbereich an, um anzuzeigen, ob der Server aktiv ist:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:354
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ", 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
index a0a49d697..ed623e0da 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -35,17 +35,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Software-Handbuch"
-
#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
-msgstr "Jamulus Benutzerhandbuch"
+msgid "User Manual"
+msgstr "Benutzerhandbuch"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
@@ -72,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -83,8 +77,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
#, no-wrap
-msgid " \n"
-msgstr " \n"
+msgid "\n"
+msgstr "\n"
#. type: Title #
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21
@@ -114,8 +108,9 @@ msgstr "Ping, Verzögerung und Jitter"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
msgstr "**Ping** zeigt die Latenzzeit deines Netzwerks in Millisekunden an, je niedriger, desto besser. Die Ping-Zeit trägt zur Gesamtverzögerung bei (siehe unten). Die wahrscheinlichste Ursache für einen hohen Ping ist, dass die Entfernung zum Server zu groß ist.\n"
#. type: Plain text
@@ -126,10 +121,9 @@ msgstr "**Delay** zeigt die Gesamtlatenz an, die sich aus der aktuellen Ping-Zei
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "
\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting
\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name
\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group
\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel
\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "# Settings"
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr "# Einstellungen"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "# Settings"
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "# Einstellungen"
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "## My Profile"
msgid "My Profile"
msgstr "## Mein Profil"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
msgstr "Wähle im Menü „Einstellungen“ die Option „Mein Profil...“, um deinen Alias/Namen festzulegen, der unter deinem Fader im Server-Mixer angezeigt wird."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ", 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -233,102 +233,290 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
msgstr "ctrlmidich für MIDI-Controller verwenden"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " For example\n"
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+" |--------:|---------|\n"
+" | `f` | Fader |\n"
+" | `p` | Pan |\n"
+" | `s` | Solo |\n"
+" | `m` | Mute |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "For Server admins"
msgstr "Für Server-Administratoren"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
msgstr "Schnelle Umwandlung eines registrierten Servers in einen unregistrierten Server"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
msgstr "Du kannst einen registrierten Server so lange betreiben, bis deine Band eine Verbindung hergestellt hat, und dann auf \"privat\" (unregistriert) umschalten, indem du das Verzeichnis in der Server-GUI auf \"Keins\" stellst. Deine Bandkollegen sind dann immer noch mit dem Server verbunden, bis sie die Verbindung trennen. (Danke an [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) für diesen Tipp!)"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "Remote management of recordings"
msgstr "Fernverwaltung von Aufnahmen"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) hat ein [webbasiertes Remote-Tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) zum Starten und Stoppen von Aufzeichnungen auf Linux-Servern geschrieben, mit dem du diese dann über deinen Browser herunterladen kannst. Siehe auch [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) von [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), das auch ein Skript zur Wiederherstellung von Server-Aufzeichnungen enthält."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
#, no-wrap
msgid "Making a Server status page"
msgstr "Erstellen einer Server-Statusseite"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
msgstr "Mit der Befehlszeilen Option `-m` können Server Statistiken für eine Webseite erstellt werden."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
msgstr "Hier ist ein Beispiel für ein PHP-Skript, das die Server-Statusdatei verwendet, um den aktuellen Server-Status auf einer HTML-Seite anzuzeigen (unter der Annahme, dass die folgende Befehlszeilen Option verwendet wird): `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
+
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# Tips & Tricks\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po
index 4696a8abc..5484092ec 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po
@@ -109,103 +109,78 @@ msgid "DNS SRV record support"
msgstr "Unterstützung von DNS SRV-Records"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37
-msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
-msgstr "Jamulus-Clients unterstützen [DNS SRV-Einträge (\"Service\"-Einträge)](https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_Resource_Record). Wenn ein Client einen SRV-Eintrag findet, der mit dem im Fenster \"Verbinden\" angegebenen Domänennamen verknüpft ist, versucht er, eine Verbindung zu dem im SRV-Eintrag aufgeführten Host und Port herzustellen. Dieser Vorgang ähnelt der HTTP-Weiterleitung in einem Webbrowser, nur dass er zwischen Jamulus Clients und dem DNS-Server stattfindet. Der Jamulus Server ist an dieser Interaktion nicht beteiligt. Jamulus-Server warten lediglich auf Verbindungen an dem im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Port."
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:36
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Jamulus-Clients unterstützen [DNS SRV-Einträge (\"Service\"-Einträge)](https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_Resource_Record). Wenn ein Client einen SRV-Eintrag findet, der mit dem im Fenster \"Verbinden\" angegebenen Domänennamen verknüpft ist, versucht er, eine Verbindung zu dem im SRV-Eintrag aufgeführten Host und Port herzustellen. Dieser Vorgang ähnelt der HTTP-Weiterleitung in einem Webbrowser, nur dass er zwischen Jamulus Clients und dem DNS-Server stattfindet. Der Jamulus Server ist an dieser Interaktion nicht beteiligt. Jamulus-Server warten lediglich auf Verbindungen an dem im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Port."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Why is this helpful?"
-msgstr "Warum ist das hilfreich?"
+#~ msgid "Why is this helpful?"
+#~ msgstr "Warum ist das hilfreich?"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41
-msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
-msgstr "Ein Jamulus-Client kann sich mit einem Server zu einem nicht standardmäßigen Port verbinden, indem er den Port als Teil der Serveradresse angibt. Ein Server-Administrator möchte den Benutzern vielleicht eine einfache Adresse ohne die Port-Details geben, Jamulus aber trotzdem an einem nicht standardmäßigen Port bereitstellen. In diesem Fall können die Portinformationen aus einem SRV-Eintrag entnommen werden."
+#~ msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Ein Jamulus-Client kann sich mit einem Server zu einem nicht standardmäßigen Port verbinden, indem er den Port als Teil der Serveradresse angibt. Ein Server-Administrator möchte den Benutzern vielleicht eine einfache Adresse ohne die Port-Details geben, Jamulus aber trotzdem an einem nicht standardmäßigen Port bereitstellen. In diesem Fall können die Portinformationen aus einem SRV-Eintrag entnommen werden."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43
-msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
-msgstr "Eine Adresse, die in das Verbindungsfenster eingegeben wird, könnte so aussehen: ```jamulus.example.com```. Wenn ein SRV-Eintrag für diese DNS-Domain gefunden wird, versucht der Jamulus-Client, sich mit dem Server über den im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Host:Port zu verbinden, z. B. ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
+#~ msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
+#~ msgstr "Eine Adresse, die in das Verbindungsfenster eingegeben wird, könnte so aussehen: ```jamulus.example.com```. Wenn ein SRV-Eintrag für diese DNS-Domain gefunden wird, versucht der Jamulus-Client, sich mit dem Server über den im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Host:Port zu verbinden, z. B. ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45
-msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
-msgstr "Wenn auf dem DNS-Server keine SRV-Einträge gefunden werden, versucht der Client die Verbindung wie im Verbindungsfenster angegeben aufzubauen."
+#~ msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
+#~ msgstr "Wenn auf dem DNS-Server keine SRV-Einträge gefunden werden, versucht der Client die Verbindung wie im Verbindungsfenster angegeben aufzubauen."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Creating SRV records"
-msgstr "SRV-Einträge erstellen"
+#~ msgid "Creating SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "SRV-Einträge erstellen"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49
-msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
-msgstr "SRV-Einträge werden vom Administrator der Domain erstellt, die für den Jamulus-Server genutzt wird. SRV-Einträge werden über das Verwaltungsportal (oder die API, falls verfügbar) des DNS-Hosters der Domain hinzugefügt. Das Format des SRV-Eintrags kann je nach DNS-Hosting-Dienst variieren, sieht aber in der Regel wie folgt aus."
+#~ msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
+#~ msgstr "SRV-Einträge werden vom Administrator der Domain erstellt, die für den Jamulus-Server genutzt wird. SRV-Einträge werden über das Verwaltungsportal (oder die API, falls verfügbar) des DNS-Hosters der Domain hinzugefügt. Das Format des SRV-Eintrags kann je nach DNS-Hosting-Dienst variieren, sieht aber in der Regel wie folgt aus."
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
-" \n"
-" # or, more specifically\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-msgstr ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV Priorität Gewicht Port Ziel\n"
-" \n"
-" # oder, ganauer\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # or, more specifically\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV Priorität Gewicht Port Ziel\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # oder, ganauer\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
-msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du kannst mehrere Jamulus-Server auf verschiedenen Ports auf einem Server hosten, indem du jedem einen eigenen SRV-Eintrag gibst.\n"
+#~ msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
+#~ msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du kannst mehrere Jamulus-Server auf verschiedenen Ports auf einem Server hosten, indem du jedem einen eigenen SRV-Eintrag gibst.\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61
-msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
-msgstr "Anweisungen zum Erstellen eines SRV-Eintrags findest du in der Dokumentation deines DNS-Hosters."
+#~ msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Anweisungen zum Erstellen eines SRV-Eintrags findest du in der Dokumentation deines DNS-Hosters."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
-msgstr "Beispielanwendungsfall mit SRV-Einträgen"
+#~ msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "Beispielanwendungsfall mit SRV-Einträgen"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65
-msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
-msgstr "In diesem Beispiel wird davon ausgegangen, dass das DNS einen A- oder CNAME-Eintrag enthält, der zu ```server1.example.com``` aufgelöst wird, auf dem drei Jamulus Server-Instanzen laufen, die jeweils auf einem der drei unten aufgeführten Ports lauschen."
+#~ msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
+#~ msgstr "In diesem Beispiel wird davon ausgegangen, dass das DNS einen A- oder CNAME-Eintrag enthält, der zu ```server1.example.com``` aufgelöst wird, auf dem drei Jamulus Server-Instanzen laufen, die jeweils auf einem der drei unten aufgeführten Ports lauschen."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67
-msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
-msgstr "Alternativ kann es sich bei `server1.example.com` um einen Router, ein NAT-Gateway oder einen Load-Balancer handeln, der jeden der Ports an einen (oder mehrere) Jamulus-Backend-Server weiterleitet."
+#~ msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
+#~ msgstr "Alternativ kann es sich bei `server1.example.com` um einen Router, ein NAT-Gateway oder einen Load-Balancer handeln, der jeden der Ports an einen (oder mehrere) Jamulus-Backend-Server weiterleitet."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-msgstr ""
-"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
-msgstr "*Beachte, dass DNS keine Verbindungen weiterleitet. Es teilt dem Jamulus-Client lediglich mit, mit welchem öffentlichen Host:Port er sich verbinden soll.*\n"
+#~ msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Beachte, dass DNS keine Verbindungen weiterleitet. Es teilt dem Jamulus-Client lediglich mit, mit welchem öffentlichen Host:Port er sich verbinden soll.*\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po
index 3d7954ae0..4ab4d7697 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po
@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 21:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n"
#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Handbuch"
+msgstr "Benutzerhandbuch"
#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po
index a72b09f06..e7c6a27d8 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-31 11:00+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1
@@ -69,6 +69,16 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es Jamulus?"
msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n"
msgstr "Jamulus te permite tocar, ensayar o improvisar con tus amigos, tu grupo o cualquier persona que encuentres en Internet. Tocad juntos a distancia y a tiempo con sonido de alta calidad y baja latencia en una conexión de banda ancha normal. [Descárgalo aquí](wiki/Getting-Started)\n"
+#. type: Attribute 'src' of: ![]()
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32
+msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+msgstr "{% include img/es-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'alt' of: ![]()
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32
+msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected."
+msgstr "Un pantallazo de la ventana principal del mezclador mostrando a varias personas conectadas desde diferentes países."
+
#. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34
#, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 4db62b78d..7b533562a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -2,20 +2,20 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-16 09:52+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ msgstr "Exactamente cómo evitas escuchar tu señal directa dependerá de tu con
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
-msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [manual de software](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [Manual del Usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto."
#. type: Title ###
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
@@ -331,8 +331,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
-msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
+msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/DNS-SRV-Support.po b/_translator-files/po/es/DNS-SRV-Support.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b844295b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/DNS-SRV-Support.po
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/DNS-SRV-Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1 ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "DNS SRV Record Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:12
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Background - connecting to a Server or Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The default UDP port on which a Jamulus Server or Directory listens is **22124**. Normally, when a Client or a Server is given a plain hostname or an IP address to connect to, such as `198.51.100.46` or `jamulus.example.com`, it will use `22124` as the destination port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Since a single Jamulus Server only provides a single \"room\", and a single Jamulus Directory only provides a single \"list\", it is often useful to run multiple Jamulus Server or Directory instances on a single host, sharing one IP address. In order to do this, the instances must each be made to listen on a different UDP port. This is done by specifying the port number on the command line, using `-p NNNNN` or `--port NNNNN`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:19
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If such a Server is registered with a Directory, such as the standard Jamulus Directories, e.g. **Any Genre 1**, the port number in use is automatically detected by the Directory at registration time, and stored in the list which is sent to a Client. The user's Jamulus Client can then connect to the Server in the normal way from the list in the Connect Dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:21
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "However, a Jamulus instance wanting to connect _directly_ to a Server or Directory by IP or hostname must know the port number to use. This can be specified after the IP address or hostname, such as `198.51.100.46:22123` or `jamulus.example.com:22120`. Such port numbers are not very memorable, so it's often necessary to look them up! The solution is for the server operator to publish the port number using an SRV record in DNS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:22
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Using DNS SRV to publish port numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:25
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A [DNS SRV record (\"service\" record)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) is a special DNS record that can be used to publish the port number and hostname that should be used to connect to a particular service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:27
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus Clients and Servers are able to make use of such records. Depending on the version of Jamulus (see below), if it finds a DNS SRV record associated with the domain name given, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. The user does not have to specify the port number explicitly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server for the hostname given, Jamulus will attempt to connect to the Directory or Server address on the default port number `22124`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:30
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus versions supporting SRV"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:33
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Clients with version **3.10.0** or later support SRV records for a hostname given in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the Connect dialog as \"Server Address\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "On the command line with `-c`, to specify immediate direct connection to a Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:38
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In addition to the above, both Clients and Servers with version **3.12.0** or later also support SRV records for a hostname given to specify a Directory, in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: (GUI) in the \"Custom Directory address\" setting under \"Options\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Client: (GUI) in the list of custom Directories under \"Advanced Setup\" in \"Settings\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:43
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Creating DNS SRV records"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the DNS domain being used to host the Jamulus Server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:47
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:52
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Note that the `name` and `target` hostnames may either be the same or different. `name` is the hostname the user will use without a port number for SRV lookup, and `target` is the hostname the Jamulus will use together with the discovered port number in order to connect to the Jamulus Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:54
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the case of Jamulus, the `service` must be `jamulus` and the `proto` must be `udp`, so the record will look like this (for a port number of `12345`):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:55
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _jamulus._udp.myserver.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 myhost.example.com.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:60
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This technique allows you to host many Jamulus Servers or Directories at different ports on a single host with different hostnames by giving each its own SRV record. This avoids having to give your users the port number, which may be less memorable than a name. In the above example, the user will specify `myserver.example.com` and Jamulus will then connect to `myhost.example.com:12345`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:62
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:63
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Example - SRV records for the main Jamulus public Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:66
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the `jamulus.io` domain, SRV records have been created to specify the correct port for each of the standard public Directories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:76
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"| DIRECTORY | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+"| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- |\n"
+"| `anygenre1.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre1.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22124 anygenre1.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124` |\n"
+"| `anygenre2.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre2.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22224 anygenre2.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224` |\n"
+"| `anygenre3.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre3.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22624 anygenre3.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624` |\n"
+"| `rock.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.rock.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22424 rock.jamulus.io.` | `rock.jamulus.io:22424` |\n"
+"| `jazz.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.jazz.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22324 jazz.jamulus.io.` | `jazz.jamulus.io:22324` |\n"
+"| `classical.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.classical.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22524 classical.jamulus.io.` | `classical.jamulus.io:22524` |\n"
+"| `choral.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.choral.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22724 choral.jamulus.io.` | `choral.jamulus.io:22724` |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:78
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This means that a Jamulus Server of version **3.12.0** or later can just give the hostname of the Directory to the `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option, without needing to find and specify the port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:79
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A server administrator can use the same technique to publish an SRV record for his own Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
index 398633983..2c4262507 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Allan Nordhøy , 2022.
# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ msgstr "Ten en cuenta que puedes utilizar el Chat en cualquier momento para mens
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual de Software](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual del Usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
#. type: Title ##
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 766246842..35c775db8 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ignotus , 2022.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2024, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 09:39+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-12 08:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Deshabilitar conexiones automáticas de JACK"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes de controlador MIDI, compensación de número de control y números CC consecutivos (canales) y número CC de Silenciarme Yo. Formato: `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes MIDI + número de control MIDI y cuenta de números CC consecutivos (o canales de Jamulus), opción de selección de dispositivo. Formato: `canal[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dNombreDispositivo]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar---ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)."
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index 684ca5b45..b2de45917 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
# gallegonovato , 2023.
# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-04-23 18:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.11.1-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
@@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ msgstr "¿Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n"
"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n"
msgstr ""
-"1. [Descarga Jamulus (compilación universal)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+"1. [Descarga Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
" **Espejo 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
"1. **Instala Jamulus**: Abre el archivo `.dmg` descargado, acepta la licencia, y *arrastra y suelta* cada icono que veas en la ventana (Cliente y Servidor Jamulus) en tu *carpeta de aplicaciones*. Después, puedes cerrar esta ventana.\n"
"1. **Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder utilizar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
index 16ad5044d..b2bb9619c 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-31 11:00+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
@@ -117,94 +117,84 @@ msgstr "Si no tienes una tarjeta externa, probablemente no tendrás instalado un
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39
-msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
-msgstr "Puedes probar dos versiones de ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 incluye una actualización para un bug que puede hacer fallar otras funcionalidades."
+msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Descarga](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45
msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
msgstr "[Web ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL"
msgstr "Configurar ASIO4ALL"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46
msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything."
msgstr "Quizá tengas que experimentar un poco, dependiendo de tu hardware de audio. Si todo funciona de entrada, no tienes que hacer nada."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
msgstr "**Consejo:** Configura tu tarjeta mientras estés en [conexión con un Servidor](Getting-Started#conectarse-a-un-servidor-y-comprobar-tu-sonido) para escuchar tu instrumento o tu voz y comprobar que todo está bien configurado; pero sigue leyendo.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51
msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:"
msgstr "Antes de empezar con Jamulus:"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running."
msgstr "**Cierra todas las aplicaciones** (sobre todo aquellas que podrían acceder a tu tarjeta de sonido como tu navegador/reproductor de audio). ASIO4ALL necesita acceso exclusivo a tu tarjeta de audio, lo cual significa que otros programas no podrán utilizar audio si ASIO4ALL y Jamulus se están ejecutando."
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:"
msgstr "Si el audio de Jamulus no funciona directamente, asegúrate de que solo **las entradas/salidas correctas** en ASIO4ALL **están activadas**. Todo lo demás debería estar apagado. Busca [configuraciones funcionales de ASIO4ALL en la lista comunitaria](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) para tu configuración o hazlo manualmente si no encuentras la tuya:"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)"
msgstr "Cómo configurar las entradas de ASIO4ALL (Guía)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open Jamulus's settings"
msgstr "Abre la ventana de Configuración de Jamulus"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)"
msgstr "Ve a _\"Configuración Driver\"_ (la columna a la izquierda; directamente debajo de la selección de driver)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)"
msgstr "Activa _advanced view_ en ASIO4ALL (haz clic en el icono de la herramienta abajo a la derecha)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name"
msgstr "Activa solamente la tarjeta de audio que quieres utilizar haciendo clic en el botón al lado de su nombre"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card"
msgstr "Abre las entradas/salidas de tu tarjeta de audio haciendo clic en el _icono de plus_ al lado de esta tarjeta"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)."
msgstr "Ahora activa/desactiva las entradas/salidas correctas en la lista bajo tu tarjeta de audio y desactiva todo lo demás. Puedes mover el ratón sobre las entradas/salidas para ver qué es cada una y si soportan la tasa de muestreo de Jamulus que es de 48 kHz (calidad DVD)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"**Hints:**\n"
@@ -218,47 +208,53 @@ msgstr ""
"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input no suele ser la entrada/salida que buscas. Por lo tanto, desactívala si la ves.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card."
msgstr "Si nada funciona, primero prueba a reiniciar Jamulus y/o tu PC para cerrar procesos que puedan estar accediendo a tu tarjeta de sonido."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74
msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)."
msgstr "Después, *configura de nuevo las entradas/salidas*. Las entradas/salidas activadas y accesibles se muestran con botones iluminados de encendido y play en la configuración de ASIO4ALL. Si en su lugar ves una cruz roja o un símbolo amarillo, cierra otras aplicaciones que puedan estar accediendo a tu tarjeta de sonido (por ej. navegador, Zoom, etc.)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL."
msgstr "Mírate [este vídeo](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) de [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) que ofrece más información detallada sobre la configuración de ASIO4ALL."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
msgstr "Información adicional y oficial sobre cómo configurar ASIO4ALL se encuentra documentada en las [FAQs de ASIO4ALL en la web de ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "¿Todo instalado?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
msgid "Take a look at"
msgstr "Consulta la"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
+#~ msgstr "Puedes probar dos versiones de ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 incluye una actualización para un bug que puede hacer fallar otras funcionalidades."
+
+#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows"
#~ msgstr "# Instalación en Windows"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po
index 0fb2d08e1..afab63ff9 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -63,108 +63,133 @@ msgstr "A tener en cuenta sobre iOS"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20
-msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus."
msgstr "Si no tienes un PC, sugerimos la adquisición de un [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } que es un dispositivo económico y pequeño que funciona muy bien con Jamulus. El soporte para iOS es solo una prueba de concepto."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
-msgstr "Para instalar Jamulus en tu dispositivo iOS, necesitas una cuenta (gratis o de pago) de Desarrollador Apple y preferiblemente un ordenador."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
-msgstr "Si no pagas para una cuenta de Desarrollador Apple, Jamulus solo funcionará 7 días como máximo antes de tener que reinstalarlo."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub. Bluetooth Headphones do not work well."
msgstr "Jamulus en iOS funciona bastante bien si está todo bien configurado. Sin embargo, recomendamos encarecidamente que utilices un interfaz de audio y un adaptador USB-Ethernet. Si tienes un dispositivo más antiguo que tiene un puerto Lightning y no USB-C, puedes utilizar algo como el [adaptador de cámara Lightning - USB](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) y un hub USB (con alimentación)."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi."
msgstr "Si tienes que usar Jamulus en una red inalámbrica, deberías de priorizar una conexión celular (5G) frente a WiFi."
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
-msgstr "Hay aplicaciones no oficiales compatibles con Jamulus como [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) en la AppStore, pero puede que no tengan las mismas prestaciones que la versión oficial de Jamulus."
-
#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Installation for iOS"
+msgid "Install for iOS (AppStore)"
+msgstr "Instalación en iOS"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Plug in your audio interface into your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+msgid "Connect a wired internet connection to your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '3. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+msgid "[Download Jamulus (AppStore)]({{ site.download_ios_app_store_link }}){:.button}"
+msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (.ipa) en un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Install for iOS manually (for experienced users only)"
msgstr "Instalación en iOS (solo para usuarios experimentados)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n"
msgstr "**Nota**: Ofrecemos un archivo .ipa que debes firmar y luego instalar en tu dispositivo. Si no tienes Jailbreak (y tienes AppSync instalado), puedes que necesites software adicional para instalar Jamulus Hay múltiples formas de hacerlo, pero esta guía solo explica la manera más estándar. Ten en cuenta que damos por hecho que ya tienes una cuenta de Desarrollador de Apple (gratuita). Si no la tienes, crea una ID de Apple y [Solicita una cuenta de desarrollador](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Recomendamos crear una sin autenticación de dos pasos y sin relación con tu potencial cuenta personal. Deberás introducir la contraseña en software que no es de Apple.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (.ipa) en un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)"
msgstr "Firma el archivo .ipa (por ej. con Xcode u otra aplicación **fiable**. Aquí no damos recomendaciones, pero hay aplicaciones para cada sistema operativo)"
#. type: Bullet: '3. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account."
msgstr "Una vez firmado e instalado, en tu dispositivo iOS abre Ajustes, navega a General>Perfiles (o VPN y Gestión de Dispositivos). Selecciona la cuenta de desarrollador correspondiente a tu cuenta y activa confianza para la cuenta."
#. type: Bullet: '4. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen"
msgstr "Abre Jamulus desde la pantalla de inicio"
#. type: Bullet: '5. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4."
msgstr "Tras 7 días tendrás que volver a firmar Jamulus si utilizas una cuenta gratuita de desarrollador. Vuelve a realizar todo desde el paso 4."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40
msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
msgstr "Si tienes un Mac y Xcode instalado, compilar Jamulus de las fuentes puede ser una opción más nativa. Consulta [las instrucciones de compilación en iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "Feedback and development"
msgstr "Comentarios y desarrollo"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45
-msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+msgid "Jamulus does not have a mobile friendly user interface. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
msgstr "Nuestra postura es que la versión iOS no está lo suficientemente madura para su publicación en el AppStore. No dudes en echar una mano: dirígete al [repositorio GitHub de Jamulus](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48
msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore."
msgstr "Por favor, también lee el siguiente documento [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) sobre la publicación de Jamulus en la AppStore de Apple."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "¿Todo instalado?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the"
msgstr "Jamulus ha sido instalado y puede utilizarse. Ahora puedes echar un vistazo a la"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:55
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
+#~ msgstr "Para instalar Jamulus en tu dispositivo iOS, necesitas una cuenta (gratis o de pago) de Desarrollador Apple y preferiblemente un ordenador."
+
+#~ msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
+#~ msgstr "Si no pagas para una cuenta de Desarrollador Apple, Jamulus solo funcionará 7 días como máximo antes de tener que reinstalarlo."
+
+#~ msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
+#~ msgstr "Hay aplicaciones no oficiales compatibles con Jamulus como [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) en la AppStore, pero puede que no tengan las mismas prestaciones que la versión oficial de Jamulus."
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS"
#~ msgstr "# Instalación en iOS"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po
index 67287625a..8cd9fa409 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2025.
# gallegonovato , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 07:04+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ msgstr "Información General"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30
-msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
-msgstr "En condiciones normales de uso con software descargado de esta página web que no haya sido modificado, la información de tu perfil de usuario se intercambia con los Servidores a los que te conectas, con los compañeros conectados a esos mismos Servidores y con terceros (incluidos los Directorios) que utilicen el protocolo Jamulus. Esta información se limita a tu nombre en Jamulus, ciudad, país, instrumento y nivel de habilidad, tal y como los has establecido en tu perfil. Los Servidores a los que te conectes también tendrán acceso a tu dirección de Internet (dirección IP), ya que es necesaria para que el software funcione; pero esta información no se comparte con los compañeros del mismo Servidor ni está disponible para terceros."
+msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
+msgstr "En condiciones normales de uso con software descargado de esta página web que no haya sido modificado, la información de tu perfil de usuario se intercambia con los Servidores a los que te conectas, con los compañeros conectados a esos mismos Servidores y con terceros (incluidos los Directorios) que utilicen el protocolo Jamulus. Esta información se limita a tu nombre en Jamulus, ciudad, país, instrumento y nivel de habilidad, tal y como los has establecido en tu perfil. Los Directorios de los cuales solicites listas de Servidores, los Servidores mostrados en la Ventana de Conexión y los Servidores a los que te conectes también tendrán acceso a tu dirección de Internet (dirección IP), ya que es necesaria para que el software funcione; pero esta información no se comparte con los demás usuarios del mismo Servidor ni está disponible para terceros."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
index 0482f1ce7..43b5c2140 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -2,20 +2,20 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-22 21:07+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.2.1-rc\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ msgstr "¿Necesito ejecutar un Servidor?"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
-msgstr "**No**. No necesitas ejecutar un Servidor. Puedes usar los Servidores listados por los Directorios incorporados y usar Jamulus sin ejecutar tú un Servidor. También puedes utilizar un Servidor no listado si conoces su dirección de Internet. O puedes utilizar un servicio de hosting de terceros como [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) o [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Probablemente haya un Servidor cerca que tú y tus amigos podáis usar con una latencia lo suficientemente baja para la mayoría de las necesidades.\n"
+msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
+msgstr "**No**. No necesitas ejecutar un Servidor. Puedes usar los Servidores listados por los Directorios incorporados y usar Jamulus sin ejecutar tú un Servidor. También puedes utilizar un Servidor no listado si conoces su dirección de Internet. O puedes utilizar un servicio de hosting de terceros como [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). Probablemente haya un Servidor cerca que tú y tus amigos podáis usar con una latencia lo suficientemente baja para la mayoría de las necesidades.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Als
msgstr "Necesario para un [Servidor Registrado](Running-a-Server#modo-registrado). También es necesario para ejecutar Jamulus como [Directorio](Directories)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193
msgid "This option takes the format:"
msgstr "Esta opción tiene el formato:"
@@ -498,315 +498,303 @@ msgstr ""
"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n"
"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n"
-#. type: Title #####
+#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`"
msgstr "`-o ó --serverinfo`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191
msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client."
msgstr "Al registrar tu Servidor en un Directorio, esto te permite proporcionar un nombre de Servidor y detalles de ubicación para que los usuarios puedan buscar estos valores desde su Cliente."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:195
msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`"
msgstr "`[nombre];[ciudad];[país como código de país ISO de dos letras]`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197
msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)"
msgstr "Véase [códigos de país ISO de dos letras](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n"
msgstr "**Nota:** No se permiten los caracteres de punto y coma y nueva línea en los valores `nombre` y `ciudad`\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-L or --licence`"
msgstr "`-L ó --licence`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)."
msgstr "Mostrar una ventana de aceptación antes de que los usuarios puedan conectarse. El texto de la aceptación que se mostrará debe suministrarse como `--welcomemessage` (véase más abajo)."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`"
msgstr "`-w` ó `--welcomemessage`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear."
msgstr "Un \"mensaje de bienvenida\" para mostrar en la ventana del chat del Cliente al conectarse. Se puede proporcionar como una cadena o un nombre de un archivo y puede contener HTML. Cuando se utiliza una ruta, la cuenta del usuario que ejecuta Jamulus debe poder acceder al archivo. (En la mayoría de las instalaciones de Linux, el usuario `jamulus` se usa de forma predeterminada). Si no está accesible, aparecerá la ruta literal (en lugar de su contenido)."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverpublicip`"
msgstr "`--serverpublicip`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr "La dirección IP pública del Servidor si se conecta a un Directorio tras el mismo NAT. Véase la [guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--directoryfile`"
msgstr "`--directoryfile`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr "_Solo Directorios:_ Recuerda los Servidores registrados aunque se reinicie el Directorio. Consulta [la guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-f or --listfilter`"
msgstr "`-f ó --listfilter`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216
msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr "_Solo Directorios:_ Especifica qué Servidores pueden registrarse en el Directorio. Ver [la guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "General Server options"
msgstr "Opciones generales del Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)."
msgstr "Estas opciones se pueden utilizar independientemente del modo en el que se esté ejecutando tu Servidor (aunque algunas pueden no ser relevantes para Directorios)."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-d or --discononquit`"
msgstr "`-d ó --discononquit`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario."
msgstr "Normalmente, cuando un Servidor se detiene o se reinicia, los Clientes que no hayan utilizado su botón de **Desconectar** reestablecerán su conexión automáticamente cuando el Servidor vuelva a estar operativo. Utilizar esta opción obliga a los Clientes a reestablecer su conexión con el Servidor manualmente."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`"
msgstr "`-F ó --fastupdate`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients."
msgstr "Reduce la latencia si los clientes se conectan con la opción **Small Network Buffers**. Requiere CPU más rápida para evitar abandonos, y más ancho de banda para los clientes habilitados."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-l or --log`"
msgstr "`-l ó --log`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230
msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name"
msgstr "Activar el registro, establecer la ruta y el nombre del archivo"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`"
-msgstr "`-m ó --htmlstatus`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232
-msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name"
-msgstr "Habilita un archivo de estado HTML, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n"
-msgstr "**Nota:** Esta función está obsoleta y puede desaparecer en una futura versión.\n"
-
-#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-P or --delaypan`"
msgstr "`-P ó --delaypan`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233
msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning."
msgstr "Arrancar con retardo de paneo activado. Esta opción utiliza las pequeñas diferencias en el tiempo de llegada del sonido a nuestros dos oídos. Produce un efecto estéreo similar a la audición humana cuando se compara a un paneo de \"volumen\" normal."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-s` or `--server`"
msgstr "`-s` ó `--server`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236
msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode"
msgstr "Iniciar Jamulus en modo Servidor"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverbindip`"
msgstr "`--serverbindip`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239
msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to."
msgstr "Especifica la dirección IP a la que se vinculará el proceso de Jamulus."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen."
msgstr "Normalmente, Jamulus escuchará en todas las direcciones IP de la máquina que es el host. Cuando el host tiene varias direcciones de red, esta opción permite elegir una de las direcciones."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-T or --multithreading`"
msgstr "`-T ó --multithreading`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244
msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`"
msgstr "Utiliza multithreading para hacer un mejor uso de CPUs multi-núcleo. Este ajuste puede ayudar al Servidor a soportar más Clientes. Véase también `--numchannels`"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-u or --numchannels`"
msgstr "`-u ó --numchannels`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247
msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)"
msgstr "Número máximo de canales (Clientes)"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-z or --startminimized`"
msgstr "`-z` ó `--startminimized`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250
msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state."
msgstr "Inicia la interfaz gráfica del Servidor Jamulus con la ventana minimizada."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "Other options"
msgstr "Otras opciones"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling the Server via API"
msgstr "Controlar el Servidor a través de API"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running."
msgstr "Se puede controlar Jamulus a través de un API experimental que estará sujeto a cambios. Puedes encontrar el [API JSON-RPC documentado en el repositorio principal](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC te permite controlar algunas funciones como cambiar el mensaje de bienvenida or iniciar grabaciones en modo 'headless' desde aplicaciones externas autenticadas. Funciona mientras se ejecuta el servidor."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261
#, no-wrap
msgid "Recording"
msgstr "Grabación"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-R or --recording`"
msgstr "`-R ó --recording`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active."
msgstr "Establecer el directorio de grabación del Servidor. Por defecto, el Servidor grabará cuando una sesión esté activa."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n"
msgstr "**Nota:** Deberás guardar las grabaciones a una ruta _fuera_ del directorio raiz de Jamulus, o quitar `ProtectHome=true` del archivo de unidad systemd, pero ten en cuenta que hacerlo podría acarrear un riesgo de seguridad.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications."
msgstr "Las grabaciones son por pista en formato [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` y [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Abre los archivos respectivos para escucharlos en esas aplicaciones."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n"
msgstr "**Nota:** Cuando tu Servidor esté grabando, los Clientes mostrarán un mensaje en un banner rojo informando de que la grabación está activa.\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--norecord`"
msgstr "`--norecord`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:274
msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured."
msgstr "Establecer que el Servidor no grabe por defecto cuando la grabación está configurada."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling Recording"
msgstr "Controlar la Grabación"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:279
msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves."
msgstr "La grabación comienza cuando la primera persona se conecta al Servidor y se detiene cuando la última persona se va."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281
msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)."
msgstr "Si el Servidor recibe una señal SIGUSR1 durante una grabación, iniciará una nueva grabación en un nuevo directorio. SIGUSR2 activará/desactivará la grabación. Si [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) está activado, también podrás gestionar el servidor de una forma comparable a la interfaz gráfica. Consulta la documentación (experimental) [de JSON-RPC para la grabación](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284
msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)."
msgstr "Para enviar estas señales utilizando systemd, crea los siguientes dos archivos `.service` en `/etc/systemd/system`, dándoles un nombre apropiado (por ej. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286
msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):"
msgstr "Para activar o desactivar la grabación (dependiendo del estado actual):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:287
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -826,12 +814,12 @@ msgstr ""
" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298
msgid "To start a new recording:"
msgstr "Para iniciar una nueva grabación:"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -851,151 +839,162 @@ msgstr ""
" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310
msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example."
msgstr "_Nota: El nombre del servicio Jamulus en la línea `ExecStart` tiene que ser el mismo que el nombre del fichero `.service` usado por systemd para controlar tu servidor Jamulus. Por defecto, si utiliza los archivos `.deb` del repositorio, es `jamulus-headless`, como en este ejemplo."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:312
msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use."
msgstr "Ejecuta `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` para registrarlos para su primer uso."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:"
msgstr "Ahora puedes ejecutarlos con el comando `systemctl`, por ejemplo:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`"
msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log."
msgstr "Puede ver el resultado de estos comandos si ejecuta `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (o el nombre del servicio correspondiente que haya especificado manualmente). También puede ver su registro (sys)."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321
#, no-wrap
msgid "Adding metadata to the Server"
msgstr "Añadir metadatos al Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:324
msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information."
msgstr "Puedes añadir metadatos al mensaje de bienvenida de un Servidor para incluir información adicional oculta, como información de contacto o solicitudes de políticas para bots (esto es comparable a [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). Consulta la [entrada de la Base de Conocimiento Comunitario sobre metadatos](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) para más información."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327
#, no-wrap
msgid "Servers on the desktop"
msgstr "Servidores en el escritorio"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:330
msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:"
msgstr "Jamulus puede ejecutarse en modo Servidor en el entorno gráfico de un ordenador. Esto te ofrece una interfaz gráfica para controlar la mayoría de los ajustes. Para ello, primero [instala Jamulus para tu plataforma](Getting-Started), y luego realiza una de las siguientes opciones:"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332
msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option."
msgstr "**Usuarios de Windows** - Utiliza el icono de \"Jamulus Server\" del menú de inicio de Windows. Si quieres que el Servidor arranque automáticamente al iniciar Windows, activa la casilla correspondiente."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications."
msgstr "**Usuarios de macOS** - Haz doble clic en el icono \"Jamulus Server\" en Aplicaciones."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return."
msgstr "**Usuarios de Linux** - Lanza el acceso directo \"Jamulus Server\". O abre una terminal (`CTRL+ALT+t en Debian y distros relacionadas), teclea `jamulus -s` y dale a Enter."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
msgstr "Mientras que la mayoría de las funciones más comunes de Jamulus pueden configurarse usando la interfaz gráfica, otras solo pueden ser controladas utilizando la terminal para iniciar el Servidor. Exactamente cómo se hace dependerá de tu sistema operativo."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
#, no-wrap
msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo de configuración específico, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo a Jamulus y selecciona **Propiedades** > **Objetivo**. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
#, no-wrap
msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
msgstr "Para macOS, arranca una ventana de Terminal y ejecuta Jamulus con las opciones deseadas como sigue:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
#, no-wrap
msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n"
msgstr "**Nota** Las opciones de línea de comandos establecen la configuración por defecto del Servidor al arrancar. Puedes anularlos mientras el Servidor se está ejecutando utilizando sus correspondientes controles en la interfaz gráfica.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:349
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Server status icon"
msgstr "Icono de estado del Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:"
msgstr "Cuando un Servidor está funcionando en modo gráfico, el sistema operativo mostrará un icono en la bandeja del sistema o en el área de notificaciones para indicar si el Servidor tiene conexiones:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:354
#, no-wrap
msgid ", 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-25 10:27+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -35,17 +35,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Manual del Software"
-
#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
-msgstr "Manual de Usuario de Jamulus"
+msgid "User Manual"
+msgstr "Manual del Usuario"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
@@ -83,8 +77,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
#, no-wrap
-msgid " \n"
-msgstr " \n"
+msgid "\n"
+msgstr "\n"
#. type: Title #
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21
@@ -115,8 +109,8 @@ msgstr "Ping, Retardo y Jitter"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n"
-msgstr "**Ping** muestra tu latencia de red en milisegundos, y cuanto más bajo, mejor. El tiempo ping contribuye al retardo total (ver abajo). La causa más probable de un ping alto es que tu distancia al servidor es demasiado grande. \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
+msgstr "**Ping** muestra tu latencia de red en milisegundos, y cuanto más bajo, mejor. El tiempo ping contribuye al retardo total (ver abajo). La causa más probable de un ping alto es que tu distancia al servidor es demasiado grande.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34
@@ -227,8 +221,8 @@ msgstr "Chat"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
-msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando se recibe un nuevo mensaje de chat."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
+msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando llega un nuevo mensaje de chat."
#. type: Title ##
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76
@@ -249,8 +243,8 @@ msgstr " Connection Setup..."
+msgstr "Archivo > Configuración de Conexión..."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr "Abre la [ventana de conexiones (ver más arriba)](#botón-conexióndesconexión)."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr "Archivo > Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr "Puedes guardar y restaurar la mezcla que tienes para tu grupo. Esto guarda tu configuración para el volumen, paneo, mute y solo de cada persona. Puedes cargar esta mezcla en cualquier momento (incluso mientras tocas). Se puede cargar también arrastrando y dejando caer el archivo de configuración en la ventana del mezclador."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr "Archivo > Salir"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr "Cierra todas las ventanas y la aplicación en sí."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr "Editar > Eliminar todas las configuraciones de Solo y Mute"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr "Cuando aplicas Solo o Mute a un canal, Jamulus recuerda estas configuraciones. Aunque esa persona se marche y luego vuelva - o tú te unes a un servidor donde esa persona está tocando - se aplicará automáticamente la configuración. Utiliza este comando para eliminar _todas_ estas configuraciones guardadas."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr "Editar > Todos los faders al nivel Cliente nuevo"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr "Aplica el [\"Nivel Cliente Nuevo\" configurado](#nivel-cliente-nuevo) a todos los canales actualmente conectados."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr "Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr "Aplica un ajuste puntual a cada canal dependiendo de su volumen. Útil para grandes conjuntos, para obtener una mezcla general razonable, aunque puede que sea necesario realizar algún ajuste individual. Se aconseja aplicarlo durante el calentamiento o durante una parte uniforme de la pieza a tocar."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr "Ver > (opciones de orden)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First
\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"La mayoría de los ítems en el menú de \"Ver\" te permiten ajustar el orden que escoge Jamulus para mostrar los canales del servidor.\n"
+"* Fader Propio Primero
\n"
+"Esta opción se puede utilizar sumada a las otras para que tu canal siempre esté en el extremo izquierdo, sin importar el orden escogido para los demás canales.\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting
\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name
\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group
\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel
\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"* No ordenar usuarios
\n"
+"Esto no tiene en cuenta ningún dato de los usuarios al ordenar. Ordena según el orden en el que se unen al servidor actual como se describe arriba, añadiendo canales nuevos en el extremo derecho.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios por Nombre
\n"
+"Ordena según el nombre escogido por el usuario en su perfil.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios por Instrumento / Ciudad
\n"
+"Ordena según el instrumento o la ciudad que la persona tiene en su perfil, junto con su nombre.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios de Canal por Grupo
\n"
+"Cuando se utiliza la función de agrupar faders, esto ordena por número de grupo en orden ascendente (y dentro de éste, por nombre), con cualquier canal no agrupado a la derecha.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios por Canal
\n"
+"Cuando los controles de canal de Jamulus (fader, mute, solo, etc) se controlan mediante MIDI (véase [Utilizar --ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar---ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)), esto ordena por número de canal para ayudar a asegurar un orden estable que se alinee con los controles de hardware MIDI.\n"
+"Nótese que en clientes de Jamulus anteriores a la versión 3.12.0, los números de canal son asignados directamente por el servidor. Los clientes desde 3.12.0 en adelante gestionan su propia asignación de números de canal y siempre asignan el canal 0 al usuario local (siempre y cuando la versión del servidor sea al menos 3.5.5).\n"
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr "Ver > Chat"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr "Abre la ventana del [Chat](#chat)."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr "Menú de Configuración"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr "Permite acceso directo a cada una de las pestañas de [Configuración](#configuración)."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Ayuda"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr "Ofrece acceso a las páginas de [Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started) y al [Manual del Usuario](Software-Manual) (esta página) en la página web, junto con detalles sobre el copyright, la licencia y la atribución. También hay una opción de \"¿Qué es esto?\" para obtener más detalles sobre partes de la interfaz de usuario."
+
#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
#, no-wrap
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configuración"
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "My Profile"
msgstr "Mi Perfil"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
msgstr "Desde el menú de Configuración, selecciona \"Mi Perfil...\" para establecer tu Alias/Nombre, mostrado debajo de tu fader en la ventana principal del cliente de Jamulus."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
#, no-wrap
msgid ", 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-08 08:21+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-23 15:00+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
@@ -233,98 +233,309 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgstr "Utilizar ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgstr "Utilizar `--ctrlmidich` para controladores MIDI"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr "El fader de volumen, el control de paneo y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar utilizando un controlador MIDI conectado. Esta función está disponible desde la versión 3.7.0 en macOS, Linux, y la versión JACK de Jamulus para Windows. Desde Jamulus 3.12.0 en adelante, también está disponible para la versión sin JACK (ASIO) de Windows. Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe iniciarse con la opción `--ctrlmidich` en la línea de comandos."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr "Cuándo esta opción se utiliza en la línea de comandos, Jamulus asignará un número de canal prefijado a cada nombre de Cliente, el cual puede utilizarse para controlar el canal mediante números MIDI CC. Desde la versión de Jamulus 3.12.0 en adelante, cuando se está conectado a un servidor de al menos la versión 3.5.5, tu propio fader siempre recibirá el canal 0, así que aparecerá primero cuando se ordena por canal o cuando se habilita \"Fader Propio Primero\"."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Consejo*: Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia a \"Ordenar Usuarios por Canal\" (o teclea `Ctrl+E`).\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Cuando se utiliza JACK o macOS, asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux quizá tengas que instalar y arrancar `a2jmidid` para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl. En la versión para Windows sin JACK, Jamulus encontrará el/los dispositivo(s) MIDI automáticamente, pero consulta la opción `d` más abajo si hay más de un dispositivo MIDI conectado."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` acepta un único argumento. Si lo omites, el parámetro se ignora. Hay dos formatos para el argumento:"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr "La definición heredada tiene uno o dos números en el formato:"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr " [Canal MIDI];[compensación para el primer fader]\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr "Se requiere `canal MIDI`, de lo contrario el argumento del parámetro se ignora y la función no se activa. `0` significa \"cualquier canal\", `1`-`16` solo recibe mensajes MIDI en el canal MIDI especificado."
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr "`compensación para el primer fader` es el primer número MIDI CC utilizado para controlar un fader de Canal de Jamulus (por defecto 70, que encaja con el valor por defecto usado por el Behringer X-Touch), con todos los números MIDI CC consecutivo utilizados; debe ser un número, de lo contrario se utiliza el formato largo."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden ascendente de izquierda a derecha. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 1 (de más a la izquierda) se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " For example\n"
+msgstr " Por ejemplo\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr " recibe en todos los canales MIDI y utiliza el controlador MIDI 70 para controlar el fader del canal 0 de Jamulus, y así sucesivamente. Aquí hay otro ejemplo:\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr " Aquí recibe en el canal MIDI 2 y utiliza el controlador MIDI 50 para controlar el fader del canal 0 de Jamulus, y así sucesivamente.\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr "El formato largo es una secuencia de compensaciones y cuentas para varios controladores:"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr " [canal MIDI];[letra de control][compensación](*[cuenta])(;...)\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr "`letra de control` define a qué Control de Jamulus se asigna el número del controlador MIDI:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux tendrás que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+" |--------:|---------|\n"
+" | `f` | Fader |\n"
+" | `p` | Pan |\n"
+" | `s` | Solo |\n"
+" | `m` | Mute |\n"
+msgstr ""
+" | letra de control | Control Jamulus |\n"
+" |--------:|---------|\n"
+" | `f` | Fader |\n"
+" | `p` | Paneo |\n"
+" | `s` | Solo |\n"
+" | `m` | Mute |\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr "`compensación` es el número MIDI CC de base para el control."
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr "`cuenta` es el número de valores CC para el control, que por defecto es 1 (esto es, el número de canales de Jamulus que se pueden controlar)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia de \"No Ordenar Usuarios\" a otra opción y luego vuelve a esa (por ej. teclea `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). \".\n"
+msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr " Un ejemplo para el Korg nanoKONTROL2 utilizando ocho potenciómetros deslizantes empezando en MIDI CC 0 para controlar faders y ocho potenciómetros giratorios empezando en MIDI CC 16 para controlar paneo, en cualquier canal MIDI, para ocho canales de Jamulus sería\n"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr " Aumentando esto para añadir ocho botones de Solo empezando en CC 32, y ocho botones de Mute empezando en CC 48 nos daría:\n"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr "Hay disponibles dos valores de `letras de control` adicionales:"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr "`o` controla Silenciarme Yo y tiene una única compensación (esto es, se ignora `cuenta` y se toma como 1)."
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:"
+msgstr "`d` es una opción en Jamulus para Windows sin JACK para especificar un dispositivo MIDI de entrada por nombre -- sin ello, todos los dispositivos serán asignados a Jamulus; con ello, solo se utilizará el dispositivo especificado. Por ejemplo:"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr " recibiría desde CC0 hasta CC7 en el canal MIDI 1 desde un dispositivo MIDI llamado \"nanoKontrol\". Recuerda que debes meter el argumento `--ctrlmidich` en comillas dobles y así no tendrás problemas con nombres de dispositivos que contienen espacios.\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr " Para descubrir el nombre correcto del dispositivo a utilizar, arranca Jamulus desde la línea de comandos con `--ctrlmidich` y observa los mensajes. Jamulus dará una lista de todos los dispositivos descubiertos:\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" - configuración controlador MIDI: 0\n"
+" - número de puerto asignado: 22134\n"
+" - dispositivos MIDI encontrados: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+" - configuración controlador MIDI: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+" - número de puerto asignado: 22134\n"
+" - dispositivos MIDI encontrados: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignorado)\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr "\tNótese que si solo hay un dispositivo MIDI conectado, la opción `d` no es necesaria, ya que Jamulus utilizará este dispositivo automáticamente.\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr "\tEn macOS, Linux o Windows con JACK, la opción `d` se acepta si se incluye, pero se ignora.\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información al dispositivo sobre el estado de encendido/apagado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe estar al tanto y conmutar los LEDs (si los tiene) entre 'encendido' y 'apagado' por sí mismo; esto es, los botones de tu controlador MIDI deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "For Server admins"
msgstr "Para administradores de Servidores"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
msgstr "Convertir un Servidor Registrado en uno Sin Registrar sobre la marcha"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor Registrado el tiempo suficiente para que la gente se conecte, y luego hacerlo \"privado\" (Sin Registrar) cambiando el Directorio a \"ninguno\" en la ventana del Servidor. La gente seguirá conectada al Servidor hasta que se desconecte. (¡Gracias a [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) por este truco!)"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "Remote management of recordings"
msgstr "Gestión remota de grabaciones"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) ha escrito una [herramienta web remota](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) para iniciar y detener grabaciones en Servidores en Linux, permitiéndote descargarlas luego desde tu navegador. Ver también [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) de [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), que también incluye un script de recuperación de grabaciones del Servidor."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
#, no-wrap
msgid "Making a Server status page"
msgstr "Hacer una página de estado del Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
msgstr "Con el parámetro `-m` de la línea de comandos, se pueden generar estadísticas del Servidor para mostrarlas en una página web."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
msgstr "Este es un ejemplo de script php utilizando el archivo de estado del Servidor para mostrar el estado actual del Servidor en una página html (asumiendo que se utiliza el siguiente parámetro de la línea de comandos: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden numérico. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 0 se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
+
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# Tips & Tricks\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po
index ae1390d88..5278b83ba 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po
@@ -106,103 +106,78 @@ msgid "DNS SRV record support"
msgstr "Soporte para registro DNS SRV"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37
-msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
-msgstr "Los Clientes Jamulus admiten [registros DNS SRV (registros de \"servicio\")](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). Si un Cliente encuentra un registro SRV asociado con el nombre de dominio indicado en la ventana de Conexión, intentará conectarse al host y puerto del punto final indicados en el registro SRV. Este proceso es similar a la redirección HTTP en un navegador web, solo que se produce entre los Clientes Jamulus y el servidor DNS. El Servidor Jamulus no participa en esta interacción. Los Servidores Jamulus se limitan a escuchar las conexiones en el mismo puerto que figura en el registro SRV."
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:36
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Los Clientes Jamulus admiten [registros DNS SRV (registros de \"servicio\")](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). Si un Cliente encuentra un registro SRV asociado con el nombre de dominio indicado en la ventana de Conexión, intentará conectarse al host y puerto del punto final indicados en el registro SRV. Este proceso es similar a la redirección HTTP en un navegador web, solo que se produce entre los Clientes Jamulus y el servidor DNS. El Servidor Jamulus no participa en esta interacción. Los Servidores Jamulus se limitan a escuchar las conexiones en el mismo puerto que figura en el registro SRV."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Why is this helpful?"
-msgstr "¿Por qué es esto útil?"
+#~ msgid "Why is this helpful?"
+#~ msgstr "¿Por qué es esto útil?"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41
-msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
-msgstr "Un Cliente Jamulus puede conectarse a un Servidor en un puerto no predeterminado especificando el puerto como parte de la dirección del Servidor. Un administrador de Servidor puede querer dar a los usuarios una dirección simple sin los detalles del puerto, mientras sigue habilitando Jamulus en un puerto no predeterminado. En este caso, la información del puerto puede obtenerse de un registro SRV."
+#~ msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Un Cliente Jamulus puede conectarse a un Servidor en un puerto no predeterminado especificando el puerto como parte de la dirección del Servidor. Un administrador de Servidor puede querer dar a los usuarios una dirección simple sin los detalles del puerto, mientras sigue habilitando Jamulus en un puerto no predeterminado. En este caso, la información del puerto puede obtenerse de un registro SRV."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43
-msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
-msgstr "Una dirección introducida en la ventana de Conexión podría tener el aspecto de ```jamulus.ejemplo.com```. Si se encuentra un registro SRV para este dominio DNS, el Cliente Jamulus intentará conectarse al Servidor en el host:puerto que aparece en el registro SRV, como por ejemplo ```jamulus.ejemplo.com:12345```."
+#~ msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
+#~ msgstr "Una dirección introducida en la ventana de Conexión podría tener el aspecto de ```jamulus.ejemplo.com```. Si se encuentra un registro SRV para este dominio DNS, el Cliente Jamulus intentará conectarse al Servidor en el host:puerto que aparece en el registro SRV, como por ejemplo ```jamulus.ejemplo.com:12345```."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45
-msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
-msgstr "Si no se encuentran registros SRV en el servidor DNS, un Cliente intentará conectarse al Servidor como se especifica en la ventana de conexión."
+#~ msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
+#~ msgstr "Si no se encuentran registros SRV en el servidor DNS, un Cliente intentará conectarse al Servidor como se especifica en la ventana de conexión."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Creating SRV records"
-msgstr "Creación de registros SRV"
+#~ msgid "Creating SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "Creación de registros SRV"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49
-msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
-msgstr "Los registros SRV son creados por el administrador del dominio que se utiliza para alojar el Servidor Jamulus. Los registros SRV se añaden a través del portal de administración (o API si está disponible) del servicio de alojamiento DNS del dominio. El formato de la entrada del registro SRV puede variar según el servicio de alojamiento de DNS, pero por lo general tendrá un aspecto similar al siguiente."
+#~ msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
+#~ msgstr "Los registros SRV son creados por el administrador del dominio que se utiliza para alojar el Servidor Jamulus. Los registros SRV se añaden a través del portal de administración (o API si está disponible) del servicio de alojamiento DNS del dominio. El formato de la entrada del registro SRV puede variar según el servicio de alojamiento de DNS, pero por lo general tendrá un aspecto similar al siguiente."
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
-" \n"
-" # or, more specifically\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-msgstr ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
-" \n"
-" # o, más específicamente\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # or, more specifically\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # o, más específicamente\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
-msgstr "**Nota:** Puedes alojar varios Servidores Jamulus en diferentes puertos de un mismo host asignando a cada uno su propio registro SRV.\n"
+#~ msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
+#~ msgstr "**Nota:** Puedes alojar varios Servidores Jamulus en diferentes puertos de un mismo host asignando a cada uno su propio registro SRV.\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61
-msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
-msgstr "Consulta la documentación de tu proveedor de DNS para obtener instrucciones sobre la creación de un registro SRV."
+#~ msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Consulta la documentación de tu proveedor de DNS para obtener instrucciones sobre la creación de un registro SRV."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
-msgstr "Ejemplo de uso con registros SRV"
+#~ msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "Ejemplo de uso con registros SRV"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65
-msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
-msgstr "Este ejemplo asume que el DNS contiene un registro A o CNAME que resuelve a ```server1.example.com```, donde se ejecutan tres instancias de Servidores Jamulus, cada una escuchando en uno de los tres puertos listados a continuación."
+#~ msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
+#~ msgstr "Este ejemplo asume que el DNS contiene un registro A o CNAME que resuelve a ```server1.example.com```, donde se ejecutan tres instancias de Servidores Jamulus, cada una escuchando en uno de los tres puertos listados a continuación."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67
-msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
-msgstr "Alternativamente, `server1.example.com` puede ser un router, NAT-gateway, o load-balancer que redirige cada uno de los puertos a un Servidor (o Servidores) Jamulus backend."
+#~ msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
+#~ msgstr "Alternativamente, `server1.example.com` puede ser un router, NAT-gateway, o load-balancer que redirige cada uno de los puertos a un Servidor (o Servidores) Jamulus backend."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-msgstr ""
-"| CLIENTE JAMULUS | REGISTRO DNS SRV | SERVIDOR JAMULUS |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "| CLIENTE JAMULUS | REGISTRO DNS SRV | SERVIDOR JAMULUS |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
-msgstr "*Es importante recordar que DNS no está redirigiendo conexiones. Simplemente le dice al Cliente Jamulus a qué host:puerto público conectarse.\n"
+#~ msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Es importante recordar que DNS no está redirigiendo conexiones. Simplemente le dice al Cliente Jamulus a qué host:puerto público conectarse.\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
index fe8af5cf1..2c697a2a5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# gallegonovato , 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-04 14:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:08+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po
index 4f8c084b6..dc8142558 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po
@@ -2,22 +2,22 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Olivier Humbert , 2022.
-# Olivier Humbert , 2023, 2024.
+# Olivier Humbert , 2023, 2024, 2025.
# cosas , 2023.
# Julien Taverna , 2023.
# ignotus , 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-12 16:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n"
"Language-Team: French ![]()
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32
+msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+msgstr "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!"
-msgstr "Schau dir unsere [Beitragsrichtlinien](wiki/Contribution) an um mitzugestalten. Jeder ist willkommen!"
+msgstr "Schau dir unsere [Beitragsrichtlinien](wiki/Contribution) an und mach mit – Jeder ist willkommen!"
#. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 56784652b..543234bd5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:01+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -174,7 +174,9 @@ msgstr "Wie genau du vermeidest, dass du dein direktes Signal hörst, hängt von
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
msgstr "Beachte dass das Abhören des Serversignals zwar sicherstellt, dass du mit den anderen Musikern synchron bist, dass es aber auch zu Problemen kommen kann, wenn die Gesamtlatenz (angezeigt durch die „Verzögerung“-Lampe in Jamulus) die meiste Zeit über nicht grün oder zumindest gelb ist. Lies das [Software-Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual), um zu erfahren, wie du dein Setup in diesem Fall anpassen kannst."
#. type: Title ###
@@ -342,7 +344,9 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
msgstr "Für alles andere suche bitte im [Forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) oder poste dort deine Frage"
#, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/DNS-SRV-Support.po b/_translator-files/po/de/DNS-SRV-Support.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b844295b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/DNS-SRV-Support.po
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/DNS-SRV-Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1 ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "DNS SRV Record Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:12
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Background - connecting to a Server or Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The default UDP port on which a Jamulus Server or Directory listens is **22124**. Normally, when a Client or a Server is given a plain hostname or an IP address to connect to, such as `198.51.100.46` or `jamulus.example.com`, it will use `22124` as the destination port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Since a single Jamulus Server only provides a single \"room\", and a single Jamulus Directory only provides a single \"list\", it is often useful to run multiple Jamulus Server or Directory instances on a single host, sharing one IP address. In order to do this, the instances must each be made to listen on a different UDP port. This is done by specifying the port number on the command line, using `-p NNNNN` or `--port NNNNN`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:19
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If such a Server is registered with a Directory, such as the standard Jamulus Directories, e.g. **Any Genre 1**, the port number in use is automatically detected by the Directory at registration time, and stored in the list which is sent to a Client. The user's Jamulus Client can then connect to the Server in the normal way from the list in the Connect Dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:21
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "However, a Jamulus instance wanting to connect _directly_ to a Server or Directory by IP or hostname must know the port number to use. This can be specified after the IP address or hostname, such as `198.51.100.46:22123` or `jamulus.example.com:22120`. Such port numbers are not very memorable, so it's often necessary to look them up! The solution is for the server operator to publish the port number using an SRV record in DNS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:22
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Using DNS SRV to publish port numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:25
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A [DNS SRV record (\"service\" record)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) is a special DNS record that can be used to publish the port number and hostname that should be used to connect to a particular service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:27
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus Clients and Servers are able to make use of such records. Depending on the version of Jamulus (see below), if it finds a DNS SRV record associated with the domain name given, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. The user does not have to specify the port number explicitly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server for the hostname given, Jamulus will attempt to connect to the Directory or Server address on the default port number `22124`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:30
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus versions supporting SRV"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:33
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Clients with version **3.10.0** or later support SRV records for a hostname given in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the Connect dialog as \"Server Address\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "On the command line with `-c`, to specify immediate direct connection to a Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:38
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In addition to the above, both Clients and Servers with version **3.12.0** or later also support SRV records for a hostname given to specify a Directory, in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: (GUI) in the \"Custom Directory address\" setting under \"Options\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Client: (GUI) in the list of custom Directories under \"Advanced Setup\" in \"Settings\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:43
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Creating DNS SRV records"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the DNS domain being used to host the Jamulus Server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:47
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:52
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Note that the `name` and `target` hostnames may either be the same or different. `name` is the hostname the user will use without a port number for SRV lookup, and `target` is the hostname the Jamulus will use together with the discovered port number in order to connect to the Jamulus Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:54
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the case of Jamulus, the `service` must be `jamulus` and the `proto` must be `udp`, so the record will look like this (for a port number of `12345`):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:55
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _jamulus._udp.myserver.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 myhost.example.com.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:60
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This technique allows you to host many Jamulus Servers or Directories at different ports on a single host with different hostnames by giving each its own SRV record. This avoids having to give your users the port number, which may be less memorable than a name. In the above example, the user will specify `myserver.example.com` and Jamulus will then connect to `myhost.example.com:12345`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:62
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:63
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Example - SRV records for the main Jamulus public Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:66
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the `jamulus.io` domain, SRV records have been created to specify the correct port for each of the standard public Directories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:76
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"| DIRECTORY | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+"| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- |\n"
+"| `anygenre1.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre1.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22124 anygenre1.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124` |\n"
+"| `anygenre2.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre2.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22224 anygenre2.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224` |\n"
+"| `anygenre3.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre3.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22624 anygenre3.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624` |\n"
+"| `rock.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.rock.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22424 rock.jamulus.io.` | `rock.jamulus.io:22424` |\n"
+"| `jazz.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.jazz.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22324 jazz.jamulus.io.` | `jazz.jamulus.io:22324` |\n"
+"| `classical.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.classical.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22524 classical.jamulus.io.` | `classical.jamulus.io:22524` |\n"
+"| `choral.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.choral.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22724 choral.jamulus.io.` | `choral.jamulus.io:22724` |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:78
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This means that a Jamulus Server of version **3.12.0** or later can just give the hostname of the Directory to the `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option, without needing to find and specify the port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:79
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A server administrator can use the same technique to publish an SRV record for his own Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po
index 4c76cccc4..cdce78809 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po
@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
index 82d39e024..5b5056ab5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
# Allan Nordhøy , 2022.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:21+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ msgstr "Während du online bist, kannst du die Chat Funktion nutzen, um eine Nac
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von Jamulus findest du im [Software Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr "Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von Jamulus findest du im [Benutzerhandbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
#. type: Title ##
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 14df92c9d..26aeb82b4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` oder `--nojackconnect` Nicht automatisch mit JACK verbinden"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller-verwenden)"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po
index e4a41cc33..648467d3d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: German , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 16:59+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: German , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023.
# Allan Nordhøy , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
@@ -118,94 +118,84 @@ msgstr "Wenn du keine externe Soundkarte besitzt, wirst du wahrscheinlich keinen
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39
-msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
-msgstr "Du kannst zwei Versionen von ASIO4ALL testen. ASIO4ALL v2.14 nutzt einen Workaround für einen Bug, der eventuell Probleme mit anderen Funktionen auslöst."
+msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45
msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
msgstr "[ASIO4ALL Website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL"
msgstr "ASIO4ALL einrichten"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46
msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything."
msgstr "Je nach Hardware musst du verschiedene Einstellungen ausprobieren. Wenn alles funktioniert, musst du nichts tun."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
msgstr "**Tipp:** Richte deine Soundkarte ein, während du [mit einem Server verbunden bist](Getting-Started#mit-einem-server-verbinden-und-audio-testen), damit du dein Instrument oder deine Stimme hören kannst. Dadurch kannst du prüfen, ob alles richtig eingerichtet ist, aber lies erst einmal weiter.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51
msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:"
msgstr "Bevor du Jamulus startest:"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running."
msgstr "**Schließe alle anderen Programme** (besonders die, die (wie z.B. dein Browser/Media Player) auf deine Soundkarte zugreifen könnten). ASIO4ALL benötigt exklusiven Zugriff auf die Soundkarte, das bedeutet, dass andere Programme keinen Ton ausgeben/aufnehmen können, wenn Jamulus mit ASIO4ALL läuft."
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:"
msgstr "Wenn das Audio nicht sofort funktioniert, stelle sicher, dass die **richtigen Ein-/Ausgänge** in ASIO4ALL **aktiv sind**. Alle anderen sollten ausgeschaltet sein. Suche in der [gemeinsame Auflistung funktionsfähiger ASIO4ALL Einstellungen](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) nach deinem System oder stelle sie selbst ein, wenn du deine nicht findest:"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)"
msgstr "So richtest du ASIO4ALL-Eingänge ein (Anleitung)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open Jamulus's settings"
msgstr "Jamulus Einstellungen öffnen"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)"
msgstr "Klick auf _„ASIO Geräte Einstellungen“_ (linke Spalte in Jamulus, unten)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)"
msgstr "Aktiviere die _erweiterte Ansicht_ in ASIO4ALL (klicke auf das Werkzeug-Icon unten rechts)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name"
msgstr "Aktiviere nur die Soundkarte, die du nutzen willst, indem du auf den Knopf direkt neben dem Namen der Soundkarte klickst"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card"
msgstr "Öffne deine Soundkarte über das _Plus-Icon_ neben der Soundkarte, um die Ein/Ausgänge anzuzeigen"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)."
msgstr "Aktiviere die richtigen Ein/Ausgänge in der Liste unter deiner Soundkarte und deaktiviere alle anderen Ein/Ausgänge. Du kannst über den Ein/Ausgängen hovern (mit dem Mauszeiger auf über dem Ein/Ausgang ruhen) ob sie die richtige Sample Rate für Jamulus unterstützen (48kHz; DVD-Qualität)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"**Hints:**\n"
@@ -219,47 +209,53 @@ msgstr ""
"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input ist normalerweise nicht der Eingang/Ausgang, den du suchst. Schalte ihn daher aus, wenn du ihn siehst.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Fehlerbehebung"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card."
msgstr "Wenn es scheint, das nichts funktioniert, versuche zuerst Jamulus und/oder deinen PC **neu zu starten**, damit Hintergrundprozesse, die auf die Soundkarte zugreifen könnten, geschlossen werden."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74
msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)."
msgstr "Danach versuche *die Ein-/Ausgänge nochmal neu einzurichten*. Aktivierte und zugängliche Ein-/Ausgänge zeigen ein leuchtendes An/Aus- und ein Play-Symbol. Wenn du ein rotes Kreuz oder ein gelbes Symbol siehst, musst du eventuell andere Anwendungen schließen (z.B. deinen Browser, Zoom, usw.) oder deinen PC neu starten."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL."
msgstr "Werfe einen Blick auf [dieses Video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) von [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza), das detailliertere Informationen zur Einrichtung von ASIO4ALL enthält."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
msgstr "Offizielle und ausführliche Infos zur Konfiguration von ASIO4ALL sind auch in den [FAQs auf der ASIO4ALL Website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"} dokumentiert."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "Alles installiert?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
msgid "Take a look at"
msgstr "Wirf einen Blick auf die"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
+#~ msgstr "Du kannst zwei Versionen von ASIO4ALL testen. ASIO4ALL v2.14 nutzt einen Workaround für einen Bug, der eventuell Probleme mit anderen Funktionen auslöst."
+
+#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows"
#~ msgstr "# Installation auf Windows"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po
index 054dcfeac..edd6b049b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -64,108 +64,133 @@ msgstr "Wissenswertes über iOS"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20
-msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus."
msgstr "Wenn du keinen PC besitzt, empfehlen wir dir einen [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, ein preiswertes und kleines Gerät, das sehr gut mit Jamulus funktioniert. iOS-Unterstützung ist nur ein Proof of Concept und erfordert bestimmte Fähigkeiten."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
-msgstr "Um Jamulus auf deinem iOS-Gerät zu installieren, benötigst du ein (kostenloses oder kostenpflichtiges) Apple Developer-Account und vorzugsweise einen Computer."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
-msgstr "Wenn du nicht für ein Apple-Entwicklerkonto bezahlst, läuft Jamulus höchstens 7 Tage lang, bevor du es erneut installieren musst."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub. Bluetooth Headphones do not work well."
msgstr "Jamulus auf iOS funktioniert relativ gut wenn alles richtig eingerichtet ist. Wir empfehlen dringend, ein Audio-Interface und einen USB-Ethernet-Adapter zu verwenden. Falls du ein älteres Gerät mit Lightning Anschluss und nicht USB-C besitzt, kannst du z.B. den [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) und einen (mit Strom versorgten) USB-Hub verwenden."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi."
msgstr "Falls du Jamulus in einem kabellosen Netzwerk nutzen musst, solltest du Mobilfunk (5G) WLAN vorziehen."
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
-msgstr "Inoffizielle Jamulus kompatible Apps wie [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/de/app/koord/id1621509341) sind im AppStore verfügbar aber haben eventuell nicht die selben Features wie der offizielle Jamulus Release."
-
#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Installation for iOS"
+msgid "Install for iOS (AppStore)"
+msgstr "Installation auf iOS"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Plug in your audio interface into your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+msgid "Connect a wired internet connection to your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '3. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+msgid "[Download Jamulus (AppStore)]({{ site.download_ios_app_store_link }}){:.button}"
+msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) auf einen PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Install for iOS manually (for experienced users only)"
msgstr "Installation auf iOS (nur für erfahrene Benutzer)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis**: Wir stellen eine unsignierte .ipa-Datei zur Verfügung, die du signieren und dann auf deinem Gerät installieren musst. Wenn dein Gerät nicht Jailbroken ist (und AppSync installiert hast), benötigst du möglicherweise zusätzliche Software, um Jamulus zu installieren. Dafür gibt es mehrere Möglichkeiten, aber in dieser Anleitung wird nur die gängigste Methode beschrieben. Bitte beachte, dass wir davon ausgehen, dass du bereits ein (kostenloses) Apple-Entwicklerkonto hast. Wenn du noch keines hast, erstelle eine neue Apple ID und [registriere dich für ein Entwicklerkonto](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Wir empfehlen dir, ein Konto ohne Zwei-Faktor-Authentifizierung zu erstellen, das nicht mit deinem persönlichen Konto verknüpft ist. Du musst das Passwort in die Nicht-Apple-Software eingeben.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) auf einen PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)"
msgstr "Signiere die .ipa-Datei (z. B. mit Xcode oder einer anderen **vertrauenswürdigen** Anwendung. Wir werden hier keine Empfehlungen geben, aber es gibt Apps für jedes Betriebssystem)"
#. type: Bullet: '3. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account."
msgstr "Nach der Unterzeichnung und Installation öffnest du auf deinem iOS-Gerät die Einstellungen und navigierst dann zu Allgemein>Profile (oder VPN und Geräteverwaltung). Tippe auf das Entwicklerkonto, das deinem Konto entspricht, und vertraue dem Konto."
#. type: Bullet: '4. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen"
msgstr "Öffne Jamulus über den Startbildschirm"
#. type: Bullet: '5. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4."
msgstr "Nach 7 Tagen musst du dich erneut bei Jamulus anmelden, wenn du ein kostenloses Entwicklerkonto verwendest. Führe die Aktivierung ab Schritt 4 erneut durch."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40
msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
msgstr "Wenn du einen Mac besitzt und Xcode installiert hast, könnte die Kompilierung von Jamulus aus dem Quellcode eine andere, nativere Option sein. Bitte werfe einen Blick auf die [Kompilierungsanleitung für iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "Feedback and development"
msgstr "Feedback und Entwicklung"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45
-msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+msgid "Jamulus does not have a mobile friendly user interface. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
msgstr "Wir denken, dass die iOS-Unterstützung ist noch nicht ausgereift genug ist um im AppStore veröffentlicht zu werden. Du kannst gerne mithelfen: Besuche einfach das [Jamulus GitHub Repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48
msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore."
msgstr "Bitte lese auch die [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) bezüglich der Veröffentlichung von Jamulus über den Apple AppStore."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "Alles installiert?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the"
msgstr "Jamulus wurde installiert und kann nun verwendet werden. Wirf jetzt einen Blick auf die"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:55
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
+#~ msgstr "Um Jamulus auf deinem iOS-Gerät zu installieren, benötigst du ein (kostenloses oder kostenpflichtiges) Apple Developer-Account und vorzugsweise einen Computer."
+
+#~ msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
+#~ msgstr "Wenn du nicht für ein Apple-Entwicklerkonto bezahlst, läuft Jamulus höchstens 7 Tage lang, bevor du es erneut installieren musst."
+
+#~ msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
+#~ msgstr "Inoffizielle Jamulus kompatible Apps wie [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/de/app/koord/id1621509341) sind im AppStore verfügbar aber haben eventuell nicht die selben Features wie der offizielle Jamulus Release."
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS"
#~ msgstr "# Installation auf iOS"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po
index 3242f0989..ab02432ba 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "### Verwendung von Profilinformationen"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30
-msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
+msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po
index fe04ebcad..358d0675d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -2,21 +2,21 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
# Allan Nordhøy , 2023.
# ignotus , 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "Muss ich einen Server betreiben?"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
+msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Als
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193
msgid "This option takes the format:"
msgstr ""
@@ -495,318 +495,306 @@ msgstr ""
"|**Genre Klassik/Volksmusik** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n"
"|**Genre Chor/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n"
-#. type: Title #####
+#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191
msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:195
msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197
msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n"
msgstr "**Anmerkung**: Semikolon und Zeilenumbruch sind in den Argumenten `yourServerName` und `yourCity` nicht erlaubt\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-L or --licence`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverpublicip`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--directoryfile`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-f or --listfilter`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216
msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "General Server options"
msgstr "Allgemeine Hinweise"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-d or --discononquit`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-l or --log`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229
-msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title #####
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232
-msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n"
+msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-P or --delaypan`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning."
msgstr "Diese Option nutzt kleine Unterschiede in der Ankunftszeit des Schalls zwischen den beiden Ohren. Dies erzeugt einen Stereoeffekt, der dem natürlichen menschlichen Gehör ähnlich ist, im Vergleich zum normalen „Lautstärken“-Panning."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-s` or `--server`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236
msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverbindip`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239
msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-T or --multithreading`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244
msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-u or --numchannels`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247
msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-z or --startminimized`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250
msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "Other options"
msgstr "Andere Optionen"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling the Server via API"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261
#, no-wrap
msgid "Recording"
msgstr "Aufnahmeverzeichnis"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-R or --recording`"
msgstr "`-R oder --recording`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du musst die Aufnahmen in einem Pfad _außerhalb_ des Jamulus-Home-Verzeichnisses speichern oder `ProtectHome=true` aus der systemd-Unit-Datei entfernen (beachte jedoch, dass dies ein potenzielles Sicherheitsrisiko darstellt).\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis**: Wenn dein Server aufzeichnet, zeigen die Clients eine Meldung an, dass die Aufzeichnung läuft.\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--norecord`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:274
msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling Recording"
msgstr "Aufzeichnung steuern"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:279
msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281
msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)."
msgstr "Um diese Signale mit systemd zu senden, erstelle die folgenden zwei `.service`-Dateien in `/etc/systemd/system` und gebe den Dateien einen passenden Namen (z.B. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):"
msgstr "Bespiel einer `.service` Datei zum Ein- oder Ausschalten der Aufzeichnung (je nach aktuellem Status):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:287
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -823,13 +811,13 @@ msgstr ""
" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298
#, fuzzy
msgid "To start a new recording:"
msgstr "Zum Starten einer neuen Aufnahme:"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -846,91 +834,91 @@ msgstr ""
" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_"
msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example."
msgstr "_Hinweis: Der Name des Jamulus-Dienstes in der „ExecStart“-Zeile muss mit dem Namen der „service“-Datei übereinstimmen, die du beim Einrichten von systemd zur Steuerung deines Jamulus-Servers erstellt hast. In diesem Beispiel wäre das also `Jamulus-Server.service`_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:312
msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use."
msgstr "Führe `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` aus, um die `.service` Dateien für die erste Verwendung zu registrieren."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:"
msgstr "Jetzt kannst du diese zum Beispiel mit dem Befehl `systemctl` ausführen:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`"
msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs."
msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log."
msgstr "Du kannst das Ergebnis dieser Befehle sehen, wenn du `systemctl status jamulus` ausführst oder die Protokolle einsiehst."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "Backing up the Server"
msgid "Adding metadata to the Server"
msgstr "Serverbackup"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:324
msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327
#, no-wrap
msgid "Servers on the desktop"
msgstr "Server auf dem Desktop"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:330
#, fuzzy
msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:"
msgstr "Jamulus kann im Server-Modus vom Desktop aus gestartet werden. Dadurch erhältst du eine grafische Benutzeroberfläche zur Steuerung der meisten Einstellungen."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332
#, fuzzy
msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option."
msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Wenn du möchtest dass der Server beim Systemstart automatisch gestartet wird, aktiviere das entsprechende Kontrollkästchen.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications."
msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Verwende das Symbol „Jamulus Server“ im Windows-Startmenü.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
#, fuzzy
msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return."
msgstr "**Linux-Benutzer** - Starte die Verknüpfung „Jamulus Server“. Oder öffne ein Terminalfenster (`CTRL+ALT+t` unter Debian und verwandten Distributionen), anschliessend `jamulus -s` eingeben und die Eingabetaste drücken.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
msgstr "Die meisten gängigen Funktionen in Jamulus können über die grafische Benutzeroberfläche eingestellt werden, aber diese und andere können auch über Befehlszeilen Optionen in einem Terminalfenster eingestellt werden. Wie genau das gemacht werden muss hängt von deinem Betriebssystem ab."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
msgstr "Um beispielsweise unter Windows eine bestimmte Einstellungsdatei zu verwenden, klickst du mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Jamulus-Verknüpfung und wählst „Eigenschaften“ > Ziel. Füge die erforderlichen Argumente zu Jamulus.exe hinzu:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -939,12 +927,12 @@ msgstr ""
"```\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
msgstr "Unter macOS startest du ein Terminalfenster und führst Jamulus mit den gewünschten Optionen wie folgt aus:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -953,59 +941,59 @@ msgstr ""
"```\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n"
msgstr "**Hinweis**: Mit den Befehlszeilen Optionen werden die Standardeinstellungen des Servers beim Start festgelegt. Du kannst die Einstellungen mit den entsprechenden GUI-Steuerelementen überschreiben, während der Server läuft.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:349
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Server status icon"
msgstr "Server-Status-Symbol"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
#, fuzzy
msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:"
msgstr "Das Betriebssystem zeigt ein Symbol in der Taskleiste oder im Statusbereich an, um anzuzeigen, ob der Server aktiv ist:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:354
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ", 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
index a0a49d697..ed623e0da 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -35,17 +35,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Software-Handbuch"
-
#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
-msgstr "Jamulus Benutzerhandbuch"
+msgid "User Manual"
+msgstr "Benutzerhandbuch"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
@@ -72,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -83,8 +77,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
#, no-wrap
-msgid " \n"
-msgstr " \n"
+msgid "\n"
+msgstr "\n"
#. type: Title #
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21
@@ -114,8 +108,9 @@ msgstr "Ping, Verzögerung und Jitter"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
msgstr "**Ping** zeigt die Latenzzeit deines Netzwerks in Millisekunden an, je niedriger, desto besser. Die Ping-Zeit trägt zur Gesamtverzögerung bei (siehe unten). Die wahrscheinlichste Ursache für einen hohen Ping ist, dass die Entfernung zum Server zu groß ist.\n"
#. type: Plain text
@@ -126,10 +121,9 @@ msgstr "**Delay** zeigt die Gesamtlatenz an, die sich aus der aktuellen Ping-Zei
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Settings" +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "# Einstellungen" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "# Settings" msgid "Settings" msgstr "# Einstellungen" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## My Profile" msgid "My Profile" msgstr "## Mein Profil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Wähle im Menü „Einstellungen“ die Option „Mein Profil...“, um deinen Alias/Namen festzulegen, der unter deinem Fader im Server-Mixer angezeigt wird." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid ", 2023.
# ignotus , 2023, 2024.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis \n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* TOC\n"
" {:toc}\n"
@@ -233,102 +233,290 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
msgstr "ctrlmidich für MIDI-Controller verwenden"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " For example\n"
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+" |--------:|---------|\n"
+" | `f` | Fader |\n"
+" | `p` | Pan |\n"
+" | `s` | Solo |\n"
+" | `m` | Mute |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "For Server admins"
msgstr "Für Server-Administratoren"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
msgstr "Schnelle Umwandlung eines registrierten Servers in einen unregistrierten Server"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
msgstr "Du kannst einen registrierten Server so lange betreiben, bis deine Band eine Verbindung hergestellt hat, und dann auf \"privat\" (unregistriert) umschalten, indem du das Verzeichnis in der Server-GUI auf \"Keins\" stellst. Deine Bandkollegen sind dann immer noch mit dem Server verbunden, bis sie die Verbindung trennen. (Danke an [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) für diesen Tipp!)"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "Remote management of recordings"
msgstr "Fernverwaltung von Aufnahmen"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) hat ein [webbasiertes Remote-Tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) zum Starten und Stoppen von Aufzeichnungen auf Linux-Servern geschrieben, mit dem du diese dann über deinen Browser herunterladen kannst. Siehe auch [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) von [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), das auch ein Skript zur Wiederherstellung von Server-Aufzeichnungen enthält."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
#, no-wrap
msgid "Making a Server status page"
msgstr "Erstellen einer Server-Statusseite"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
msgstr "Mit der Befehlszeilen Option `-m` können Server Statistiken für eine Webseite erstellt werden."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
msgstr "Hier ist ein Beispiel für ein PHP-Skript, das die Server-Statusdatei verwendet, um den aktuellen Server-Status auf einer HTML-Seite anzuzeigen (unter der Annahme, dass die folgende Befehlszeilen Option verwendet wird): `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
+
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# Tips & Tricks\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po
index 4696a8abc..5484092ec 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po
@@ -109,103 +109,78 @@ msgid "DNS SRV record support"
msgstr "Unterstützung von DNS SRV-Records"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37
-msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
-msgstr "Jamulus-Clients unterstützen [DNS SRV-Einträge (\"Service\"-Einträge)](https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_Resource_Record). Wenn ein Client einen SRV-Eintrag findet, der mit dem im Fenster \"Verbinden\" angegebenen Domänennamen verknüpft ist, versucht er, eine Verbindung zu dem im SRV-Eintrag aufgeführten Host und Port herzustellen. Dieser Vorgang ähnelt der HTTP-Weiterleitung in einem Webbrowser, nur dass er zwischen Jamulus Clients und dem DNS-Server stattfindet. Der Jamulus Server ist an dieser Interaktion nicht beteiligt. Jamulus-Server warten lediglich auf Verbindungen an dem im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Port."
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:36
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Jamulus-Clients unterstützen [DNS SRV-Einträge (\"Service\"-Einträge)](https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_Resource_Record). Wenn ein Client einen SRV-Eintrag findet, der mit dem im Fenster \"Verbinden\" angegebenen Domänennamen verknüpft ist, versucht er, eine Verbindung zu dem im SRV-Eintrag aufgeführten Host und Port herzustellen. Dieser Vorgang ähnelt der HTTP-Weiterleitung in einem Webbrowser, nur dass er zwischen Jamulus Clients und dem DNS-Server stattfindet. Der Jamulus Server ist an dieser Interaktion nicht beteiligt. Jamulus-Server warten lediglich auf Verbindungen an dem im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Port."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Why is this helpful?"
-msgstr "Warum ist das hilfreich?"
+#~ msgid "Why is this helpful?"
+#~ msgstr "Warum ist das hilfreich?"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41
-msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
-msgstr "Ein Jamulus-Client kann sich mit einem Server zu einem nicht standardmäßigen Port verbinden, indem er den Port als Teil der Serveradresse angibt. Ein Server-Administrator möchte den Benutzern vielleicht eine einfache Adresse ohne die Port-Details geben, Jamulus aber trotzdem an einem nicht standardmäßigen Port bereitstellen. In diesem Fall können die Portinformationen aus einem SRV-Eintrag entnommen werden."
+#~ msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Ein Jamulus-Client kann sich mit einem Server zu einem nicht standardmäßigen Port verbinden, indem er den Port als Teil der Serveradresse angibt. Ein Server-Administrator möchte den Benutzern vielleicht eine einfache Adresse ohne die Port-Details geben, Jamulus aber trotzdem an einem nicht standardmäßigen Port bereitstellen. In diesem Fall können die Portinformationen aus einem SRV-Eintrag entnommen werden."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43
-msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
-msgstr "Eine Adresse, die in das Verbindungsfenster eingegeben wird, könnte so aussehen: ```jamulus.example.com```. Wenn ein SRV-Eintrag für diese DNS-Domain gefunden wird, versucht der Jamulus-Client, sich mit dem Server über den im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Host:Port zu verbinden, z. B. ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
+#~ msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
+#~ msgstr "Eine Adresse, die in das Verbindungsfenster eingegeben wird, könnte so aussehen: ```jamulus.example.com```. Wenn ein SRV-Eintrag für diese DNS-Domain gefunden wird, versucht der Jamulus-Client, sich mit dem Server über den im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Host:Port zu verbinden, z. B. ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45
-msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
-msgstr "Wenn auf dem DNS-Server keine SRV-Einträge gefunden werden, versucht der Client die Verbindung wie im Verbindungsfenster angegeben aufzubauen."
+#~ msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
+#~ msgstr "Wenn auf dem DNS-Server keine SRV-Einträge gefunden werden, versucht der Client die Verbindung wie im Verbindungsfenster angegeben aufzubauen."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Creating SRV records"
-msgstr "SRV-Einträge erstellen"
+#~ msgid "Creating SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "SRV-Einträge erstellen"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49
-msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
-msgstr "SRV-Einträge werden vom Administrator der Domain erstellt, die für den Jamulus-Server genutzt wird. SRV-Einträge werden über das Verwaltungsportal (oder die API, falls verfügbar) des DNS-Hosters der Domain hinzugefügt. Das Format des SRV-Eintrags kann je nach DNS-Hosting-Dienst variieren, sieht aber in der Regel wie folgt aus."
+#~ msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
+#~ msgstr "SRV-Einträge werden vom Administrator der Domain erstellt, die für den Jamulus-Server genutzt wird. SRV-Einträge werden über das Verwaltungsportal (oder die API, falls verfügbar) des DNS-Hosters der Domain hinzugefügt. Das Format des SRV-Eintrags kann je nach DNS-Hosting-Dienst variieren, sieht aber in der Regel wie folgt aus."
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
-" \n"
-" # or, more specifically\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-msgstr ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV Priorität Gewicht Port Ziel\n"
-" \n"
-" # oder, ganauer\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # or, more specifically\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV Priorität Gewicht Port Ziel\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # oder, ganauer\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
-msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du kannst mehrere Jamulus-Server auf verschiedenen Ports auf einem Server hosten, indem du jedem einen eigenen SRV-Eintrag gibst.\n"
+#~ msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
+#~ msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du kannst mehrere Jamulus-Server auf verschiedenen Ports auf einem Server hosten, indem du jedem einen eigenen SRV-Eintrag gibst.\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61
-msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
-msgstr "Anweisungen zum Erstellen eines SRV-Eintrags findest du in der Dokumentation deines DNS-Hosters."
+#~ msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Anweisungen zum Erstellen eines SRV-Eintrags findest du in der Dokumentation deines DNS-Hosters."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
-msgstr "Beispielanwendungsfall mit SRV-Einträgen"
+#~ msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "Beispielanwendungsfall mit SRV-Einträgen"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65
-msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
-msgstr "In diesem Beispiel wird davon ausgegangen, dass das DNS einen A- oder CNAME-Eintrag enthält, der zu ```server1.example.com``` aufgelöst wird, auf dem drei Jamulus Server-Instanzen laufen, die jeweils auf einem der drei unten aufgeführten Ports lauschen."
+#~ msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
+#~ msgstr "In diesem Beispiel wird davon ausgegangen, dass das DNS einen A- oder CNAME-Eintrag enthält, der zu ```server1.example.com``` aufgelöst wird, auf dem drei Jamulus Server-Instanzen laufen, die jeweils auf einem der drei unten aufgeführten Ports lauschen."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67
-msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
-msgstr "Alternativ kann es sich bei `server1.example.com` um einen Router, ein NAT-Gateway oder einen Load-Balancer handeln, der jeden der Ports an einen (oder mehrere) Jamulus-Backend-Server weiterleitet."
+#~ msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
+#~ msgstr "Alternativ kann es sich bei `server1.example.com` um einen Router, ein NAT-Gateway oder einen Load-Balancer handeln, der jeden der Ports an einen (oder mehrere) Jamulus-Backend-Server weiterleitet."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-msgstr ""
-"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
-msgstr "*Beachte, dass DNS keine Verbindungen weiterleitet. Es teilt dem Jamulus-Client lediglich mit, mit welchem öffentlichen Host:Port er sich verbinden soll.*\n"
+#~ msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Beachte, dass DNS keine Verbindungen weiterleitet. Es teilt dem Jamulus-Client lediglich mit, mit welchem öffentlichen Host:Port er sich verbinden soll.*\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po
index 3d7954ae0..4ab4d7697 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po
@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Ettore Atalan , 2023.
-# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
+# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 21:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: de\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n"
#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Handbuch"
+msgstr "Benutzerhandbuch"
#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po
index a72b09f06..e7c6a27d8 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-31 11:00+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1
@@ -69,6 +69,16 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es Jamulus?"
msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n"
msgstr "Jamulus te permite tocar, ensayar o improvisar con tus amigos, tu grupo o cualquier persona que encuentres en Internet. Tocad juntos a distancia y a tiempo con sonido de alta calidad y baja latencia en una conexión de banda ancha normal. [Descárgalo aquí](wiki/Getting-Started)\n"
+#. type: Attribute 'src' of: ![]()
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32
+msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+msgstr "{% include img/es-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'alt' of: ![]()
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32
+msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected."
+msgstr "Un pantallazo de la ventana principal del mezclador mostrando a varias personas conectadas desde diferentes países."
+
#. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34
#, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 4db62b78d..7b533562a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -2,20 +2,20 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-16 09:52+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ msgstr "Exactamente cómo evitas escuchar tu señal directa dependerá de tu con
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
-msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [manual de software](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [Manual del Usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto."
#. type: Title ###
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
@@ -331,8 +331,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
-msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
+msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/DNS-SRV-Support.po b/_translator-files/po/es/DNS-SRV-Support.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b844295b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/DNS-SRV-Support.po
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/DNS-SRV-Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:1 ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "DNS SRV Record Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:12
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Background - connecting to a Server or Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The default UDP port on which a Jamulus Server or Directory listens is **22124**. Normally, when a Client or a Server is given a plain hostname or an IP address to connect to, such as `198.51.100.46` or `jamulus.example.com`, it will use `22124` as the destination port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Since a single Jamulus Server only provides a single \"room\", and a single Jamulus Directory only provides a single \"list\", it is often useful to run multiple Jamulus Server or Directory instances on a single host, sharing one IP address. In order to do this, the instances must each be made to listen on a different UDP port. This is done by specifying the port number on the command line, using `-p NNNNN` or `--port NNNNN`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:19
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If such a Server is registered with a Directory, such as the standard Jamulus Directories, e.g. **Any Genre 1**, the port number in use is automatically detected by the Directory at registration time, and stored in the list which is sent to a Client. The user's Jamulus Client can then connect to the Server in the normal way from the list in the Connect Dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:21
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "However, a Jamulus instance wanting to connect _directly_ to a Server or Directory by IP or hostname must know the port number to use. This can be specified after the IP address or hostname, such as `198.51.100.46:22123` or `jamulus.example.com:22120`. Such port numbers are not very memorable, so it's often necessary to look them up! The solution is for the server operator to publish the port number using an SRV record in DNS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:22
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Using DNS SRV to publish port numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:25
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A [DNS SRV record (\"service\" record)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) is a special DNS record that can be used to publish the port number and hostname that should be used to connect to a particular service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:27
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus Clients and Servers are able to make use of such records. Depending on the version of Jamulus (see below), if it finds a DNS SRV record associated with the domain name given, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. The user does not have to specify the port number explicitly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server for the hostname given, Jamulus will attempt to connect to the Directory or Server address on the default port number `22124`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:30
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus versions supporting SRV"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:33
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Clients with version **3.10.0** or later support SRV records for a hostname given in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the Connect dialog as \"Server Address\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "On the command line with `-c`, to specify immediate direct connection to a Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:38
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In addition to the above, both Clients and Servers with version **3.12.0** or later also support SRV records for a hostname given to specify a Directory, in the following contexts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server: (GUI) in the \"Custom Directory address\" setting under \"Options\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:42
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Client: (GUI) in the list of custom Directories under \"Advanced Setup\" in \"Settings\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:43
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Creating DNS SRV records"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the DNS domain being used to host the Jamulus Server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:47
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:52
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Note that the `name` and `target` hostnames may either be the same or different. `name` is the hostname the user will use without a port number for SRV lookup, and `target` is the hostname the Jamulus will use together with the discovered port number in order to connect to the Jamulus Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:54
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the case of Jamulus, the `service` must be `jamulus` and the `proto` must be `udp`, so the record will look like this (for a port number of `12345`):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:55
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " _jamulus._udp.myserver.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 myhost.example.com.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:60
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This technique allows you to host many Jamulus Servers or Directories at different ports on a single host with different hostnames by giving each its own SRV record. This avoids having to give your users the port number, which may be less memorable than a name. In the above example, the user will specify `myserver.example.com` and Jamulus will then connect to `myhost.example.com:12345`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:62
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:63
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Example - SRV records for the main Jamulus public Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:66
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the `jamulus.io` domain, SRV records have been created to specify the correct port for each of the standard public Directories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:76
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"| DIRECTORY | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+"| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- |\n"
+"| `anygenre1.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre1.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22124 anygenre1.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124` |\n"
+"| `anygenre2.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre2.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22224 anygenre2.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224` |\n"
+"| `anygenre3.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.anygenre3.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22624 anygenre3.jamulus.io.` | `anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624` |\n"
+"| `rock.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.rock.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22424 rock.jamulus.io.` | `rock.jamulus.io:22424` |\n"
+"| `jazz.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.jazz.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22324 jazz.jamulus.io.` | `jazz.jamulus.io:22324` |\n"
+"| `classical.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.classical.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22524 classical.jamulus.io.` | `classical.jamulus.io:22524` |\n"
+"| `choral.jamulus.io` | `_jamulus._udp.choral.jamulus.io. 60 IN SRV 0 0 22724 choral.jamulus.io.` | `choral.jamulus.io:22724` |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:78
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This means that a Jamulus Server of version **3.12.0** or later can just give the hostname of the Directory to the `-e` or `--directoryaddress` option, without needing to find and specify the port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/DNS-SRV-Support.md:79
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A server administrator can use the same technique to publish an SRV record for his own Server or Directory."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
index 398633983..2c4262507 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Allan Nordhøy , 2022.
# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ msgstr "Ten en cuenta que puedes utilizar el Chat en cualquier momento para mens
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual de Software](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual del Usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
#. type: Title ##
#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 766246842..35c775db8 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ignotus , 2022.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2024, 2025.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 09:39+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-12 08:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Deshabilitar conexiones automáticas de JACK"
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes de controlador MIDI, compensación de número de control y números CC consecutivos (canales) y número CC de Silenciarme Yo. Formato: `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes MIDI + número de control MIDI y cuenta de números CC consecutivos (o canales de Jamulus), opción de selección de dispositivo. Formato: `canal[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dNombreDispositivo]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar---ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)."
#. type: Bullet: '- '
#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index 684ca5b45..b2de45917 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
# gallegonovato , 2023.
# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-04-23 18:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.11.1-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
@@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ msgstr "¿Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n"
"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n"
msgstr ""
-"1. [Descarga Jamulus (compilación universal)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+"1. [Descarga Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
" **Espejo 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
"1. **Instala Jamulus**: Abre el archivo `.dmg` descargado, acepta la licencia, y *arrastra y suelta* cada icono que veas en la ventana (Cliente y Servidor Jamulus) en tu *carpeta de aplicaciones*. Después, puedes cerrar esta ventana.\n"
"1. **Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder utilizar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
index 16ad5044d..b2bb9619c 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-31 11:00+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
@@ -117,94 +117,84 @@ msgstr "Si no tienes una tarjeta externa, probablemente no tendrás instalado un
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39
-msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
-msgstr "Puedes probar dos versiones de ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 incluye una actualización para un bug que puede hacer fallar otras funcionalidades."
+msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Descarga](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
-msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45
msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
msgstr "[Web ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL"
msgstr "Configurar ASIO4ALL"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46
msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything."
msgstr "Quizá tengas que experimentar un poco, dependiendo de tu hardware de audio. Si todo funciona de entrada, no tienes que hacer nada."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
msgstr "**Consejo:** Configura tu tarjeta mientras estés en [conexión con un Servidor](Getting-Started#conectarse-a-un-servidor-y-comprobar-tu-sonido) para escuchar tu instrumento o tu voz y comprobar que todo está bien configurado; pero sigue leyendo.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51
msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:"
msgstr "Antes de empezar con Jamulus:"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running."
msgstr "**Cierra todas las aplicaciones** (sobre todo aquellas que podrían acceder a tu tarjeta de sonido como tu navegador/reproductor de audio). ASIO4ALL necesita acceso exclusivo a tu tarjeta de audio, lo cual significa que otros programas no podrán utilizar audio si ASIO4ALL y Jamulus se están ejecutando."
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54
msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:"
msgstr "Si el audio de Jamulus no funciona directamente, asegúrate de que solo **las entradas/salidas correctas** en ASIO4ALL **están activadas**. Todo lo demás debería estar apagado. Busca [configuraciones funcionales de ASIO4ALL en la lista comunitaria](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) para tu configuración o hazlo manualmente si no encuentras la tuya:"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)"
msgstr "Cómo configurar las entradas de ASIO4ALL (Guía)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open Jamulus's settings"
msgstr "Abre la ventana de Configuración de Jamulus"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)"
msgstr "Ve a _\"Configuración Driver\"_ (la columna a la izquierda; directamente debajo de la selección de driver)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)"
msgstr "Activa _advanced view_ en ASIO4ALL (haz clic en el icono de la herramienta abajo a la derecha)"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name"
msgstr "Activa solamente la tarjeta de audio que quieres utilizar haciendo clic en el botón al lado de su nombre"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card"
msgstr "Abre las entradas/salidas de tu tarjeta de audio haciendo clic en el _icono de plus_ al lado de esta tarjeta"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63
msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)."
msgstr "Ahora activa/desactiva las entradas/salidas correctas en la lista bajo tu tarjeta de audio y desactiva todo lo demás. Puedes mover el ratón sobre las entradas/salidas para ver qué es cada una y si soportan la tasa de muestreo de Jamulus que es de 48 kHz (calidad DVD)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"**Hints:**\n"
@@ -218,47 +208,53 @@ msgstr ""
"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input no suele ser la entrada/salida que buscas. Por lo tanto, desactívala si la ves.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card."
msgstr "Si nada funciona, primero prueba a reiniciar Jamulus y/o tu PC para cerrar procesos que puedan estar accediendo a tu tarjeta de sonido."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74
msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)."
msgstr "Después, *configura de nuevo las entradas/salidas*. Las entradas/salidas activadas y accesibles se muestran con botones iluminados de encendido y play en la configuración de ASIO4ALL. Si en su lugar ves una cruz roja o un símbolo amarillo, cierra otras aplicaciones que puedan estar accediendo a tu tarjeta de sonido (por ej. navegador, Zoom, etc.)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL."
msgstr "Mírate [este vídeo](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) de [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) que ofrece más información detallada sobre la configuración de ASIO4ALL."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
msgstr "Información adicional y oficial sobre cómo configurar ASIO4ALL se encuentra documentada en las [FAQs de ASIO4ALL en la web de ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "¿Todo instalado?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
msgid "Take a look at"
msgstr "Consulta la"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
+#~ msgstr "Puedes probar dos versiones de ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 incluye una actualización para un bug que puede hacer fallar otras funcionalidades."
+
+#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows"
#~ msgstr "# Instalación en Windows"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po
index 0fb2d08e1..afab63ff9 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -63,108 +63,133 @@ msgstr "A tener en cuenta sobre iOS"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20
-msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus."
msgstr "Si no tienes un PC, sugerimos la adquisición de un [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } que es un dispositivo económico y pequeño que funciona muy bien con Jamulus. El soporte para iOS es solo una prueba de concepto."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
-msgstr "Para instalar Jamulus en tu dispositivo iOS, necesitas una cuenta (gratis o de pago) de Desarrollador Apple y preferiblemente un ordenador."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
-msgstr "Si no pagas para una cuenta de Desarrollador Apple, Jamulus solo funcionará 7 días como máximo antes de tener que reinstalarlo."
-
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub. Bluetooth Headphones do not work well."
msgstr "Jamulus en iOS funciona bastante bien si está todo bien configurado. Sin embargo, recomendamos encarecidamente que utilices un interfaz de audio y un adaptador USB-Ethernet. Si tienes un dispositivo más antiguo que tiene un puerto Lightning y no USB-C, puedes utilizar algo como el [adaptador de cámara Lightning - USB](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) y un hub USB (con alimentación)."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23
msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi."
msgstr "Si tienes que usar Jamulus en una red inalámbrica, deberías de priorizar una conexión celular (5G) frente a WiFi."
-#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
-msgstr "Hay aplicaciones no oficiales compatibles con Jamulus como [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) en la AppStore, pero puede que no tengan las mismas prestaciones que la versión oficial de Jamulus."
-
#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Installation for iOS"
+msgid "Install for iOS (AppStore)"
+msgstr "Instalación en iOS"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Plug in your audio interface into your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+msgid "Connect a wired internet connection to your device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '3. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+msgid "[Download Jamulus (AppStore)]({{ site.download_ios_app_store_link }}){:.button}"
+msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (.ipa) en un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgid "Install for iOS manually (for experienced users only)"
msgstr "Instalación en iOS (solo para usuarios experimentados)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n"
msgstr "**Nota**: Ofrecemos un archivo .ipa que debes firmar y luego instalar en tu dispositivo. Si no tienes Jailbreak (y tienes AppSync instalado), puedes que necesites software adicional para instalar Jamulus Hay múltiples formas de hacerlo, pero esta guía solo explica la manera más estándar. Ten en cuenta que damos por hecho que ya tienes una cuenta de Desarrollador de Apple (gratuita). Si no la tienes, crea una ID de Apple y [Solicita una cuenta de desarrollador](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Recomendamos crear una sin autenticación de dos pasos y sin relación con tu potencial cuenta personal. Deberás introducir la contraseña en software que no es de Apple.\n"
#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (.ipa) en un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)"
msgstr "Firma el archivo .ipa (por ej. con Xcode u otra aplicación **fiable**. Aquí no damos recomendaciones, pero hay aplicaciones para cada sistema operativo)"
#. type: Bullet: '3. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account."
msgstr "Una vez firmado e instalado, en tu dispositivo iOS abre Ajustes, navega a General>Perfiles (o VPN y Gestión de Dispositivos). Selecciona la cuenta de desarrollador correspondiente a tu cuenta y activa confianza para la cuenta."
#. type: Bullet: '4. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen"
msgstr "Abre Jamulus desde la pantalla de inicio"
#. type: Bullet: '5. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38
msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4."
msgstr "Tras 7 días tendrás que volver a firmar Jamulus si utilizas una cuenta gratuita de desarrollador. Vuelve a realizar todo desde el paso 4."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40
msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
msgstr "Si tienes un Mac y Xcode instalado, compilar Jamulus de las fuentes puede ser una opción más nativa. Consulta [las instrucciones de compilación en iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "Feedback and development"
msgstr "Comentarios y desarrollo"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45
-msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+msgid "Jamulus does not have a mobile friendly user interface. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
msgstr "Nuestra postura es que la versión iOS no está lo suficientemente madura para su publicación en el AppStore. No dudes en echar una mano: dirígete al [repositorio GitHub de Jamulus](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48
msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore."
msgstr "Por favor, también lee el siguiente documento [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) sobre la publicación de Jamulus en la AppStore de Apple."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "All installed?"
msgstr "¿Todo instalado?"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the"
msgstr "Jamulus ha sido instalado y puede utilizarse. Ahora puedes echar un vistazo a la"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:55
msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+#~ msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
+#~ msgstr "Para instalar Jamulus en tu dispositivo iOS, necesitas una cuenta (gratis o de pago) de Desarrollador Apple y preferiblemente un ordenador."
+
+#~ msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
+#~ msgstr "Si no pagas para una cuenta de Desarrollador Apple, Jamulus solo funcionará 7 días como máximo antes de tener que reinstalarlo."
+
+#~ msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
+#~ msgstr "Hay aplicaciones no oficiales compatibles con Jamulus como [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) en la AppStore, pero puede que no tengan las mismas prestaciones que la versión oficial de Jamulus."
+
#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS"
#~ msgstr "# Instalación en iOS"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po
index 67287625a..8cd9fa409 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2025.
# gallegonovato , 2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 07:04+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ msgstr "Información General"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30
-msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
-msgstr "En condiciones normales de uso con software descargado de esta página web que no haya sido modificado, la información de tu perfil de usuario se intercambia con los Servidores a los que te conectas, con los compañeros conectados a esos mismos Servidores y con terceros (incluidos los Directorios) que utilicen el protocolo Jamulus. Esta información se limita a tu nombre en Jamulus, ciudad, país, instrumento y nivel de habilidad, tal y como los has establecido en tu perfil. Los Servidores a los que te conectes también tendrán acceso a tu dirección de Internet (dirección IP), ya que es necesaria para que el software funcione; pero esta información no se comparte con los compañeros del mismo Servidor ni está disponible para terceros."
+msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
+msgstr "En condiciones normales de uso con software descargado de esta página web que no haya sido modificado, la información de tu perfil de usuario se intercambia con los Servidores a los que te conectas, con los compañeros conectados a esos mismos Servidores y con terceros (incluidos los Directorios) que utilicen el protocolo Jamulus. Esta información se limita a tu nombre en Jamulus, ciudad, país, instrumento y nivel de habilidad, tal y como los has establecido en tu perfil. Los Directorios de los cuales solicites listas de Servidores, los Servidores mostrados en la Ventana de Conexión y los Servidores a los que te conectes también tendrán acceso a tu dirección de Internet (dirección IP), ya que es necesaria para que el software funcione; pero esta información no se comparte con los demás usuarios del mismo Servidor ni está disponible para terceros."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
index 0482f1ce7..43b5c2140 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -2,20 +2,20 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# ignotus , 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
-# gallegonovato , 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
+# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-22 21:07+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.2.1-rc\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ msgstr "¿Necesito ejecutar un Servidor?"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
-msgstr "**No**. No necesitas ejecutar un Servidor. Puedes usar los Servidores listados por los Directorios incorporados y usar Jamulus sin ejecutar tú un Servidor. También puedes utilizar un Servidor no listado si conoces su dirección de Internet. O puedes utilizar un servicio de hosting de terceros como [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) o [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Probablemente haya un Servidor cerca que tú y tus amigos podáis usar con una latencia lo suficientemente baja para la mayoría de las necesidades.\n"
+msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
+msgstr "**No**. No necesitas ejecutar un Servidor. Puedes usar los Servidores listados por los Directorios incorporados y usar Jamulus sin ejecutar tú un Servidor. También puedes utilizar un Servidor no listado si conoces su dirección de Internet. O puedes utilizar un servicio de hosting de terceros como [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). Probablemente haya un Servidor cerca que tú y tus amigos podáis usar con una latencia lo suficientemente baja para la mayoría de las necesidades.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Als
msgstr "Necesario para un [Servidor Registrado](Running-a-Server#modo-registrado). También es necesario para ejecutar Jamulus como [Directorio](Directories)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193
msgid "This option takes the format:"
msgstr "Esta opción tiene el formato:"
@@ -498,315 +498,303 @@ msgstr ""
"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n"
"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n"
-#. type: Title #####
+#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`"
msgstr "`-o ó --serverinfo`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191
msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client."
msgstr "Al registrar tu Servidor en un Directorio, esto te permite proporcionar un nombre de Servidor y detalles de ubicación para que los usuarios puedan buscar estos valores desde su Cliente."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:195
msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`"
msgstr "`[nombre];[ciudad];[país como código de país ISO de dos letras]`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197
msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)"
msgstr "Véase [códigos de país ISO de dos letras](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n"
msgstr "**Nota:** No se permiten los caracteres de punto y coma y nueva línea en los valores `nombre` y `ciudad`\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-L or --licence`"
msgstr "`-L ó --licence`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)."
msgstr "Mostrar una ventana de aceptación antes de que los usuarios puedan conectarse. El texto de la aceptación que se mostrará debe suministrarse como `--welcomemessage` (véase más abajo)."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`"
msgstr "`-w` ó `--welcomemessage`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear."
msgstr "Un \"mensaje de bienvenida\" para mostrar en la ventana del chat del Cliente al conectarse. Se puede proporcionar como una cadena o un nombre de un archivo y puede contener HTML. Cuando se utiliza una ruta, la cuenta del usuario que ejecuta Jamulus debe poder acceder al archivo. (En la mayoría de las instalaciones de Linux, el usuario `jamulus` se usa de forma predeterminada). Si no está accesible, aparecerá la ruta literal (en lugar de su contenido)."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverpublicip`"
msgstr "`--serverpublicip`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr "La dirección IP pública del Servidor si se conecta a un Directorio tras el mismo NAT. Véase la [guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--directoryfile`"
msgstr "`--directoryfile`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr "_Solo Directorios:_ Recuerda los Servidores registrados aunque se reinicie el Directorio. Consulta [la guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-f or --listfilter`"
msgstr "`-f ó --listfilter`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216
msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
msgstr "_Solo Directorios:_ Especifica qué Servidores pueden registrarse en el Directorio. Ver [la guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "General Server options"
msgstr "Opciones generales del Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)."
msgstr "Estas opciones se pueden utilizar independientemente del modo en el que se esté ejecutando tu Servidor (aunque algunas pueden no ser relevantes para Directorios)."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-d or --discononquit`"
msgstr "`-d ó --discononquit`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario."
msgstr "Normalmente, cuando un Servidor se detiene o se reinicia, los Clientes que no hayan utilizado su botón de **Desconectar** reestablecerán su conexión automáticamente cuando el Servidor vuelva a estar operativo. Utilizar esta opción obliga a los Clientes a reestablecer su conexión con el Servidor manualmente."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`"
msgstr "`-F ó --fastupdate`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients."
msgstr "Reduce la latencia si los clientes se conectan con la opción **Small Network Buffers**. Requiere CPU más rápida para evitar abandonos, y más ancho de banda para los clientes habilitados."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-l or --log`"
msgstr "`-l ó --log`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230
msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name"
msgstr "Activar el registro, establecer la ruta y el nombre del archivo"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`"
-msgstr "`-m ó --htmlstatus`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232
-msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name"
-msgstr "Habilita un archivo de estado HTML, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n"
-msgstr "**Nota:** Esta función está obsoleta y puede desaparecer en una futura versión.\n"
-
-#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-P or --delaypan`"
msgstr "`-P ó --delaypan`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233
msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning."
msgstr "Arrancar con retardo de paneo activado. Esta opción utiliza las pequeñas diferencias en el tiempo de llegada del sonido a nuestros dos oídos. Produce un efecto estéreo similar a la audición humana cuando se compara a un paneo de \"volumen\" normal."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-s` or `--server`"
msgstr "`-s` ó `--server`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236
msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode"
msgstr "Iniciar Jamulus en modo Servidor"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--serverbindip`"
msgstr "`--serverbindip`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239
msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to."
msgstr "Especifica la dirección IP a la que se vinculará el proceso de Jamulus."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen."
msgstr "Normalmente, Jamulus escuchará en todas las direcciones IP de la máquina que es el host. Cuando el host tiene varias direcciones de red, esta opción permite elegir una de las direcciones."
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-T or --multithreading`"
msgstr "`-T ó --multithreading`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244
msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`"
msgstr "Utiliza multithreading para hacer un mejor uso de CPUs multi-núcleo. Este ajuste puede ayudar al Servidor a soportar más Clientes. Véase también `--numchannels`"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-u or --numchannels`"
msgstr "`-u ó --numchannels`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247
msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)"
msgstr "Número máximo de canales (Clientes)"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-z or --startminimized`"
msgstr "`-z` ó `--startminimized`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250
msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state."
msgstr "Inicia la interfaz gráfica del Servidor Jamulus con la ventana minimizada."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "Other options"
msgstr "Otras opciones"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling the Server via API"
msgstr "Controlar el Servidor a través de API"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running."
msgstr "Se puede controlar Jamulus a través de un API experimental que estará sujeto a cambios. Puedes encontrar el [API JSON-RPC documentado en el repositorio principal](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC te permite controlar algunas funciones como cambiar el mensaje de bienvenida or iniciar grabaciones en modo 'headless' desde aplicaciones externas autenticadas. Funciona mientras se ejecuta el servidor."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261
#, no-wrap
msgid "Recording"
msgstr "Grabación"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "`-R or --recording`"
msgstr "`-R ó --recording`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active."
msgstr "Establecer el directorio de grabación del Servidor. Por defecto, el Servidor grabará cuando una sesión esté activa."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n"
msgstr "**Nota:** Deberás guardar las grabaciones a una ruta _fuera_ del directorio raiz de Jamulus, o quitar `ProtectHome=true` del archivo de unidad systemd, pero ten en cuenta que hacerlo podría acarrear un riesgo de seguridad.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications."
msgstr "Las grabaciones son por pista en formato [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` y [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Abre los archivos respectivos para escucharlos en esas aplicaciones."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n"
msgstr "**Nota:** Cuando tu Servidor esté grabando, los Clientes mostrarán un mensaje en un banner rojo informando de que la grabación está activa.\n"
#. type: Title #####
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "`--norecord`"
msgstr "`--norecord`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:274
msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured."
msgstr "Establecer que el Servidor no grabe por defecto cuando la grabación está configurada."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
#, no-wrap
msgid "Controlling Recording"
msgstr "Controlar la Grabación"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:279
msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves."
msgstr "La grabación comienza cuando la primera persona se conecta al Servidor y se detiene cuando la última persona se va."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281
msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)."
msgstr "Si el Servidor recibe una señal SIGUSR1 durante una grabación, iniciará una nueva grabación en un nuevo directorio. SIGUSR2 activará/desactivará la grabación. Si [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) está activado, también podrás gestionar el servidor de una forma comparable a la interfaz gráfica. Consulta la documentación (experimental) [de JSON-RPC para la grabación](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284
msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)."
msgstr "Para enviar estas señales utilizando systemd, crea los siguientes dos archivos `.service` en `/etc/systemd/system`, dándoles un nombre apropiado (por ej. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286
msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):"
msgstr "Para activar o desactivar la grabación (dependiendo del estado actual):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:287
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -826,12 +814,12 @@ msgstr ""
" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298
msgid "To start a new recording:"
msgstr "Para iniciar una nueva grabación:"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" [Unit]\n"
@@ -851,151 +839,162 @@ msgstr ""
" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310
msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example."
msgstr "_Nota: El nombre del servicio Jamulus en la línea `ExecStart` tiene que ser el mismo que el nombre del fichero `.service` usado por systemd para controlar tu servidor Jamulus. Por defecto, si utiliza los archivos `.deb` del repositorio, es `jamulus-headless`, como en este ejemplo."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:312
msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use."
msgstr "Ejecuta `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` para registrarlos para su primer uso."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:"
msgstr "Ahora puedes ejecutarlos con el comando `systemctl`, por ejemplo:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`"
msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log."
msgstr "Puede ver el resultado de estos comandos si ejecuta `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (o el nombre del servicio correspondiente que haya especificado manualmente). También puede ver su registro (sys)."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321
#, no-wrap
msgid "Adding metadata to the Server"
msgstr "Añadir metadatos al Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:324
msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information."
msgstr "Puedes añadir metadatos al mensaje de bienvenida de un Servidor para incluir información adicional oculta, como información de contacto o solicitudes de políticas para bots (esto es comparable a [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). Consulta la [entrada de la Base de Conocimiento Comunitario sobre metadatos](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) para más información."
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327
#, no-wrap
msgid "Servers on the desktop"
msgstr "Servidores en el escritorio"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:330
msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:"
msgstr "Jamulus puede ejecutarse en modo Servidor en el entorno gráfico de un ordenador. Esto te ofrece una interfaz gráfica para controlar la mayoría de los ajustes. Para ello, primero [instala Jamulus para tu plataforma](Getting-Started), y luego realiza una de las siguientes opciones:"
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332
msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option."
msgstr "**Usuarios de Windows** - Utiliza el icono de \"Jamulus Server\" del menú de inicio de Windows. Si quieres que el Servidor arranque automáticamente al iniciar Windows, activa la casilla correspondiente."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications."
msgstr "**Usuarios de macOS** - Haz doble clic en el icono \"Jamulus Server\" en Aplicaciones."
#. type: Bullet: '* '
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return."
msgstr "**Usuarios de Linux** - Lanza el acceso directo \"Jamulus Server\". O abre una terminal (`CTRL+ALT+t en Debian y distros relacionadas), teclea `jamulus -s` y dale a Enter."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
msgstr "Mientras que la mayoría de las funciones más comunes de Jamulus pueden configurarse usando la interfaz gráfica, otras solo pueden ser controladas utilizando la terminal para iniciar el Servidor. Exactamente cómo se hace dependerá de tu sistema operativo."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
#, no-wrap
msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo de configuración específico, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo a Jamulus y selecciona **Propiedades** > **Objetivo**. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
#, no-wrap
msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
msgstr "Para macOS, arranca una ventana de Terminal y ejecuta Jamulus con las opciones deseadas como sigue:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
#, no-wrap
msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
#, no-wrap
msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n"
msgstr "**Nota** Las opciones de línea de comandos establecen la configuración por defecto del Servidor al arrancar. Puedes anularlos mientras el Servidor se está ejecutando utilizando sus correspondientes controles en la interfaz gráfica.\n"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:349
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Server status icon"
msgstr "Icono de estado del Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:"
msgstr "Cuando un Servidor está funcionando en modo gráfico, el sistema operativo mostrará un icono en la bandeja del sistema o en el área de notificaciones para indicar si el Servidor tiene conexiones:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:354
#, no-wrap
msgid ", 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025.
# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-25 10:27+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -35,17 +35,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Manual del Software"
-
#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
-msgstr "Manual de Usuario de Jamulus"
+msgid "User Manual"
+msgstr "Manual del Usuario"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
@@ -83,8 +77,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
#, no-wrap
-msgid " \n"
-msgstr " \n"
+msgid "\n"
+msgstr "\n"
#. type: Title #
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21
@@ -115,8 +109,8 @@ msgstr "Ping, Retardo y Jitter"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n"
-msgstr "**Ping** muestra tu latencia de red en milisegundos, y cuanto más bajo, mejor. El tiempo ping contribuye al retardo total (ver abajo). La causa más probable de un ping alto es que tu distancia al servidor es demasiado grande. \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
+msgstr "**Ping** muestra tu latencia de red en milisegundos, y cuanto más bajo, mejor. El tiempo ping contribuye al retardo total (ver abajo). La causa más probable de un ping alto es que tu distancia al servidor es demasiado grande.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34
@@ -227,8 +221,8 @@ msgstr "Chat"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
-msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando se recibe un nuevo mensaje de chat."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
+msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando llega un nuevo mensaje de chat."
#. type: Title ##
#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76
@@ -249,8 +243,8 @@ msgstr " Connection Setup..."
+msgstr "Archivo > Configuración de Conexión..."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr "Abre la [ventana de conexiones (ver más arriba)](#botón-conexióndesconexión)."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr "Archivo > Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr "Puedes guardar y restaurar la mezcla que tienes para tu grupo. Esto guarda tu configuración para el volumen, paneo, mute y solo de cada persona. Puedes cargar esta mezcla en cualquier momento (incluso mientras tocas). Se puede cargar también arrastrando y dejando caer el archivo de configuración en la ventana del mezclador."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr "Archivo > Salir"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr "Cierra todas las ventanas y la aplicación en sí."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr "Editar > Eliminar todas las configuraciones de Solo y Mute"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr "Cuando aplicas Solo o Mute a un canal, Jamulus recuerda estas configuraciones. Aunque esa persona se marche y luego vuelva - o tú te unes a un servidor donde esa persona está tocando - se aplicará automáticamente la configuración. Utiliza este comando para eliminar _todas_ estas configuraciones guardadas."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr "Editar > Todos los faders al nivel Cliente nuevo"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr "Aplica el [\"Nivel Cliente Nuevo\" configurado](#nivel-cliente-nuevo) a todos los canales actualmente conectados."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr "Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr "Aplica un ajuste puntual a cada canal dependiendo de su volumen. Útil para grandes conjuntos, para obtener una mezcla general razonable, aunque puede que sea necesario realizar algún ajuste individual. Se aconseja aplicarlo durante el calentamiento o durante una parte uniforme de la pieza a tocar."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr "Ver > (opciones de orden)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los ítems en el menú de \"Ver\" te permiten ajustar el orden que escoge Jamulus para mostrar los canales del servidor.\n" +"* Fader Propio Primero
\n" +"Esta opción se puede utilizar sumada a las otras para que tu canal siempre esté en el extremo izquierdo, sin importar el orden escogido para los demás canales.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" +"* No ordenar usuarios
\n" +"Esto no tiene en cuenta ningún dato de los usuarios al ordenar. Ordena según el orden en el que se unen al servidor actual como se describe arriba, añadiendo canales nuevos en el extremo derecho.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios por Nombre
\n" +"Ordena según el nombre escogido por el usuario en su perfil.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios por Instrumento / Ciudad
\n" +"Ordena según el instrumento o la ciudad que la persona tiene en su perfil, junto con su nombre.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios de Canal por Grupo
\n" +"Cuando se utiliza la función de agrupar faders, esto ordena por número de grupo en orden ascendente (y dentro de éste, por nombre), con cualquier canal no agrupado a la derecha.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios por Canal
\n" +"Cuando los controles de canal de Jamulus (fader, mute, solo, etc) se controlan mediante MIDI (véase [Utilizar --ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar---ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)), esto ordena por número de canal para ayudar a asegurar un orden estable que se alinee con los controles de hardware MIDI.\n" +"Nótese que en clientes de Jamulus anteriores a la versión 3.12.0, los números de canal son asignados directamente por el servidor. Los clientes desde 3.12.0 en adelante gestionan su propia asignación de números de canal y siempre asignan el canal 0 al usuario local (siempre y cuando la versión del servidor sea al menos 3.5.5).\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "Ver > Chat" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "Abre la ventana del [Chat](#chat)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "Menú de Configuración" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "Permite acceso directo a cada una de las pestañas de [Configuración](#configuración)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Ayuda" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "Ofrece acceso a las páginas de [Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started) y al [Manual del Usuario](Software-Manual) (esta página) en la página web, junto con detalles sobre el copyright, la licencia y la atribución. También hay una opción de \"¿Qué es esto?\" para obtener más detalles sobre partes de la interfaz de usuario." + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "Configuración" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "Mi Perfil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Desde el menú de Configuración, selecciona \"Mi Perfil...\" para establecer tu Alias/Nombre, mostrado debajo de tu fader en la ventana principal del cliente de Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, no-wrap msgid ", 2022.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-08 08:21+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-23 15:00+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n"
#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
@@ -233,98 +233,309 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Title ###
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgstr "Utilizar ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgstr "Utilizar `--ctrlmidich` para controladores MIDI"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr "El fader de volumen, el control de paneo y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar utilizando un controlador MIDI conectado. Esta función está disponible desde la versión 3.7.0 en macOS, Linux, y la versión JACK de Jamulus para Windows. Desde Jamulus 3.12.0 en adelante, también está disponible para la versión sin JACK (ASIO) de Windows. Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe iniciarse con la opción `--ctrlmidich` en la línea de comandos."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr "Cuándo esta opción se utiliza en la línea de comandos, Jamulus asignará un número de canal prefijado a cada nombre de Cliente, el cual puede utilizarse para controlar el canal mediante números MIDI CC. Desde la versión de Jamulus 3.12.0 en adelante, cuando se está conectado a un servidor de al menos la versión 3.5.5, tu propio fader siempre recibirá el canal 0, así que aparecerá primero cuando se ordena por canal o cuando se habilita \"Fader Propio Primero\"."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Consejo*: Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia a \"Ordenar Usuarios por Canal\" (o teclea `Ctrl+E`).\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Cuando se utiliza JACK o macOS, asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux quizá tengas que instalar y arrancar `a2jmidid` para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl. En la versión para Windows sin JACK, Jamulus encontrará el/los dispositivo(s) MIDI automáticamente, pero consulta la opción `d` más abajo si hay más de un dispositivo MIDI conectado."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` acepta un único argumento. Si lo omites, el parámetro se ignora. Hay dos formatos para el argumento:"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr "La definición heredada tiene uno o dos números en el formato:"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr " [Canal MIDI];[compensación para el primer fader]\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr "Se requiere `canal MIDI`, de lo contrario el argumento del parámetro se ignora y la función no se activa. `0` significa \"cualquier canal\", `1`-`16` solo recibe mensajes MIDI en el canal MIDI especificado."
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr "`compensación para el primer fader` es el primer número MIDI CC utilizado para controlar un fader de Canal de Jamulus (por defecto 70, que encaja con el valor por defecto usado por el Behringer X-Touch), con todos los números MIDI CC consecutivo utilizados; debe ser un número, de lo contrario se utiliza el formato largo."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden ascendente de izquierda a derecha. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 1 (de más a la izquierda) se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " For example\n"
+msgstr " Por ejemplo\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr " recibe en todos los canales MIDI y utiliza el controlador MIDI 70 para controlar el fader del canal 0 de Jamulus, y así sucesivamente. Aquí hay otro ejemplo:\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr " Aquí recibe en el canal MIDI 2 y utiliza el controlador MIDI 50 para controlar el fader del canal 0 de Jamulus, y así sucesivamente.\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr "El formato largo es una secuencia de compensaciones y cuentas para varios controladores:"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr " [canal MIDI];[letra de control][compensación](*[cuenta])(;...)\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr "`letra de control` define a qué Control de Jamulus se asigna el número del controlador MIDI:"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux tendrás que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+" |--------:|---------|\n"
+" | `f` | Fader |\n"
+" | `p` | Pan |\n"
+" | `s` | Solo |\n"
+" | `m` | Mute |\n"
+msgstr ""
+" | letra de control | Control Jamulus |\n"
+" |--------:|---------|\n"
+" | `f` | Fader |\n"
+" | `p` | Paneo |\n"
+" | `s` | Solo |\n"
+" | `m` | Mute |\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr "`compensación` es el número MIDI CC de base para el control."
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr "`cuenta` es el número de valores CC para el control, que por defecto es 1 (esto es, el número de canales de Jamulus que se pueden controlar)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia de \"No Ordenar Usuarios\" a otra opción y luego vuelve a esa (por ej. teclea `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). \".\n"
+msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr " Un ejemplo para el Korg nanoKONTROL2 utilizando ocho potenciómetros deslizantes empezando en MIDI CC 0 para controlar faders y ocho potenciómetros giratorios empezando en MIDI CC 16 para controlar paneo, en cualquier canal MIDI, para ocho canales de Jamulus sería\n"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr " Aumentando esto para añadir ocho botones de Solo empezando en CC 32, y ocho botones de Mute empezando en CC 48 nos daría:\n"
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr "Hay disponibles dos valores de `letras de control` adicionales:"
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr "`o` controla Silenciarme Yo y tiene una única compensación (esto es, se ignora `cuenta` y se toma como 1)."
+
+#. type: Bullet: ' 2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:"
+msgstr "`d` es una opción en Jamulus para Windows sin JACK para especificar un dispositivo MIDI de entrada por nombre -- sin ello, todos los dispositivos serán asignados a Jamulus; con ello, solo se utilizará el dispositivo especificado. Por ejemplo:"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr " recibiría desde CC0 hasta CC7 en el canal MIDI 1 desde un dispositivo MIDI llamado \"nanoKontrol\". Recuerda que debes meter el argumento `--ctrlmidich` en comillas dobles y así no tendrás problemas con nombres de dispositivos que contienen espacios.\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr " Para descubrir el nombre correcto del dispositivo a utilizar, arranca Jamulus desde la línea de comandos con `--ctrlmidich` y observa los mensajes. Jamulus dará una lista de todos los dispositivos descubiertos:\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ```\n"
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+" ```\n"
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+" - configuración controlador MIDI: 0\n"
+" - número de puerto asignado: 22134\n"
+" - dispositivos MIDI encontrados: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+" - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+" - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+" ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+" - configuración controlador MIDI: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+" - número de puerto asignado: 22134\n"
+" - dispositivos MIDI encontrados: 2\n"
+" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignorado)\n"
+" ```\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr "\tNótese que si solo hay un dispositivo MIDI conectado, la opción `d` no es necesaria, ya que Jamulus utilizará este dispositivo automáticamente.\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr "\tEn macOS, Linux o Windows con JACK, la opción `d` se acepta si se incluye, pero se ignora.\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información al dispositivo sobre el estado de encendido/apagado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe estar al tanto y conmutar los LEDs (si los tiene) entre 'encendido' y 'apagado' por sí mismo; esto es, los botones de tu controlador MIDI deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
#. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
#, no-wrap
msgid "For Server admins"
msgstr "Para administradores de Servidores"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
msgstr "Convertir un Servidor Registrado en uno Sin Registrar sobre la marcha"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor Registrado el tiempo suficiente para que la gente se conecte, y luego hacerlo \"privado\" (Sin Registrar) cambiando el Directorio a \"ninguno\" en la ventana del Servidor. La gente seguirá conectada al Servidor hasta que se desconecte. (¡Gracias a [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) por este truco!)"
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "Remote management of recordings"
msgstr "Gestión remota de grabaciones"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) ha escrito una [herramienta web remota](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) para iniciar y detener grabaciones en Servidores en Linux, permitiéndote descargarlas luego desde tu navegador. Ver también [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) de [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), que también incluye un script de recuperación de grabaciones del Servidor."
#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
#, no-wrap
msgid "Making a Server status page"
msgstr "Hacer una página de estado del Servidor"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
msgstr "Con el parámetro `-m` de la línea de comandos, se pueden generar estadísticas del Servidor para mostrarlas en una página web."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
msgstr "Este es un ejemplo de script php utilizando el archivo de estado del Servidor para mostrar el estado actual del Servidor en una página html (asumiendo que se utiliza el siguiente parámetro de la línea de comandos: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden numérico. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 0 se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
+
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# Tips & Tricks\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po
index ae1390d88..5278b83ba 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po
@@ -106,103 +106,78 @@ msgid "DNS SRV record support"
msgstr "Soporte para registro DNS SRV"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37
-msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
-msgstr "Los Clientes Jamulus admiten [registros DNS SRV (registros de \"servicio\")](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). Si un Cliente encuentra un registro SRV asociado con el nombre de dominio indicado en la ventana de Conexión, intentará conectarse al host y puerto del punto final indicados en el registro SRV. Este proceso es similar a la redirección HTTP en un navegador web, solo que se produce entre los Clientes Jamulus y el servidor DNS. El Servidor Jamulus no participa en esta interacción. Los Servidores Jamulus se limitan a escuchar las conexiones en el mismo puerto que figura en el registro SRV."
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:36
+msgid "Recent versions of Jamulus support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) for automatically finding the port number to use to connect to a Directory or Server. This allows just the hostname to be specified, without the port number. See [this page](DNS-SRV-Support) for details and applicable version numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Los Clientes Jamulus admiten [registros DNS SRV (registros de \"servicio\")](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). Si un Cliente encuentra un registro SRV asociado con el nombre de dominio indicado en la ventana de Conexión, intentará conectarse al host y puerto del punto final indicados en el registro SRV. Este proceso es similar a la redirección HTTP en un navegador web, solo que se produce entre los Clientes Jamulus y el servidor DNS. El Servidor Jamulus no participa en esta interacción. Los Servidores Jamulus se limitan a escuchar las conexiones en el mismo puerto que figura en el registro SRV."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Why is this helpful?"
-msgstr "¿Por qué es esto útil?"
+#~ msgid "Why is this helpful?"
+#~ msgstr "¿Por qué es esto útil?"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41
-msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
-msgstr "Un Cliente Jamulus puede conectarse a un Servidor en un puerto no predeterminado especificando el puerto como parte de la dirección del Servidor. Un administrador de Servidor puede querer dar a los usuarios una dirección simple sin los detalles del puerto, mientras sigue habilitando Jamulus en un puerto no predeterminado. En este caso, la información del puerto puede obtenerse de un registro SRV."
+#~ msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Un Cliente Jamulus puede conectarse a un Servidor en un puerto no predeterminado especificando el puerto como parte de la dirección del Servidor. Un administrador de Servidor puede querer dar a los usuarios una dirección simple sin los detalles del puerto, mientras sigue habilitando Jamulus en un puerto no predeterminado. En este caso, la información del puerto puede obtenerse de un registro SRV."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43
-msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
-msgstr "Una dirección introducida en la ventana de Conexión podría tener el aspecto de ```jamulus.ejemplo.com```. Si se encuentra un registro SRV para este dominio DNS, el Cliente Jamulus intentará conectarse al Servidor en el host:puerto que aparece en el registro SRV, como por ejemplo ```jamulus.ejemplo.com:12345```."
+#~ msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
+#~ msgstr "Una dirección introducida en la ventana de Conexión podría tener el aspecto de ```jamulus.ejemplo.com```. Si se encuentra un registro SRV para este dominio DNS, el Cliente Jamulus intentará conectarse al Servidor en el host:puerto que aparece en el registro SRV, como por ejemplo ```jamulus.ejemplo.com:12345```."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45
-msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
-msgstr "Si no se encuentran registros SRV en el servidor DNS, un Cliente intentará conectarse al Servidor como se especifica en la ventana de conexión."
+#~ msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
+#~ msgstr "Si no se encuentran registros SRV en el servidor DNS, un Cliente intentará conectarse al Servidor como se especifica en la ventana de conexión."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Creating SRV records"
-msgstr "Creación de registros SRV"
+#~ msgid "Creating SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "Creación de registros SRV"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49
-msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
-msgstr "Los registros SRV son creados por el administrador del dominio que se utiliza para alojar el Servidor Jamulus. Los registros SRV se añaden a través del portal de administración (o API si está disponible) del servicio de alojamiento DNS del dominio. El formato de la entrada del registro SRV puede variar según el servicio de alojamiento de DNS, pero por lo general tendrá un aspecto similar al siguiente."
+#~ msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
+#~ msgstr "Los registros SRV son creados por el administrador del dominio que se utiliza para alojar el Servidor Jamulus. Los registros SRV se añaden a través del portal de administración (o API si está disponible) del servicio de alojamiento DNS del dominio. El formato de la entrada del registro SRV puede variar según el servicio de alojamiento de DNS, pero por lo general tendrá un aspecto similar al siguiente."
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
-" \n"
-" # or, more specifically\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-msgstr ""
-" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
-" \n"
-" # o, más específicamente\n"
-" \n"
-" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # or, more specifically\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " # o, más específicamente\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59
#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
-msgstr "**Nota:** Puedes alojar varios Servidores Jamulus en diferentes puertos de un mismo host asignando a cada uno su propio registro SRV.\n"
+#~ msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
+#~ msgstr "**Nota:** Puedes alojar varios Servidores Jamulus en diferentes puertos de un mismo host asignando a cada uno su propio registro SRV.\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61
-msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
-msgstr "Consulta la documentación de tu proveedor de DNS para obtener instrucciones sobre la creación de un registro SRV."
+#~ msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+#~ msgstr "Consulta la documentación de tu proveedor de DNS para obtener instrucciones sobre la creación de un registro SRV."
-#. type: Title ####
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
-msgstr "Ejemplo de uso con registros SRV"
+#~ msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
+#~ msgstr "Ejemplo de uso con registros SRV"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65
-msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
-msgstr "Este ejemplo asume que el DNS contiene un registro A o CNAME que resuelve a ```server1.example.com```, donde se ejecutan tres instancias de Servidores Jamulus, cada una escuchando en uno de los tres puertos listados a continuación."
+#~ msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
+#~ msgstr "Este ejemplo asume que el DNS contiene un registro A o CNAME que resuelve a ```server1.example.com```, donde se ejecutan tres instancias de Servidores Jamulus, cada una escuchando en uno de los tres puertos listados a continuación."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67
-msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
-msgstr "Alternativamente, `server1.example.com` puede ser un router, NAT-gateway, o load-balancer que redirige cada uno de los puertos a un Servidor (o Servidores) Jamulus backend."
+#~ msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
+#~ msgstr "Alternativamente, `server1.example.com` puede ser un router, NAT-gateway, o load-balancer que redirige cada uno de los puertos a un Servidor (o Servidores) Jamulus backend."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74
#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-msgstr ""
-"| CLIENTE JAMULUS | REGISTRO DNS SRV | SERVIDOR JAMULUS |\n"
-"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
-"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
-"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
-"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "| CLIENTE JAMULUS | REGISTRO DNS SRV | SERVIDOR JAMULUS |\n"
+#~ "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+#~ "| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+#~ "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+#~ "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76
#, no-wrap
-msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
-msgstr "*Es importante recordar que DNS no está redirigiendo conexiones. Simplemente le dice al Cliente Jamulus a qué host:puerto público conectarse.\n"
+#~ msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Es importante recordar que DNS no está redirigiendo conexiones. Simplemente le dice al Cliente Jamulus a qué host:puerto público conectarse.\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
index fe8af5cf1..2c697a2a5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ignotus , 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024.
+# gallegonovato , 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-04 14:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:08+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ignotus \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po
index 4f8c084b6..dc8142558 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po
@@ -2,22 +2,22 @@
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Olivier Humbert , 2022.
-# Olivier Humbert , 2023, 2024.
+# Olivier Humbert , 2023, 2024, 2025.
# cosas , 2023.
# Julien Taverna , 2023.
# ignotus , 2024.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-12 16:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n"
"Language-Team: French ![]()
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32
+msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+msgstr "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Settings" +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "# Einstellungen" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "# Settings" msgid "Settings" msgstr "# Einstellungen" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## My Profile" msgid "My Profile" msgstr "## Mein Profil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Wähle im Menü „Einstellungen“ die Option „Mein Profil...“, um deinen Alias/Namen festzulegen, der unter deinem Fader im Server-Mixer angezeigt wird." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los ítems en el menú de \"Ver\" te permiten ajustar el orden que escoge Jamulus para mostrar los canales del servidor.\n" +"* Fader Propio Primero
\n" +"Esta opción se puede utilizar sumada a las otras para que tu canal siempre esté en el extremo izquierdo, sin importar el orden escogido para los demás canales.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" +"* No ordenar usuarios
\n" +"Esto no tiene en cuenta ningún dato de los usuarios al ordenar. Ordena según el orden en el que se unen al servidor actual como se describe arriba, añadiendo canales nuevos en el extremo derecho.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios por Nombre
\n" +"Ordena según el nombre escogido por el usuario en su perfil.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios por Instrumento / Ciudad
\n" +"Ordena según el instrumento o la ciudad que la persona tiene en su perfil, junto con su nombre.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios de Canal por Grupo
\n" +"Cuando se utiliza la función de agrupar faders, esto ordena por número de grupo en orden ascendente (y dentro de éste, por nombre), con cualquier canal no agrupado a la derecha.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios por Canal
\n" +"Cuando los controles de canal de Jamulus (fader, mute, solo, etc) se controlan mediante MIDI (véase [Utilizar --ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar---ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)), esto ordena por número de canal para ayudar a asegurar un orden estable que se alinee con los controles de hardware MIDI.\n" +"Nótese que en clientes de Jamulus anteriores a la versión 3.12.0, los números de canal son asignados directamente por el servidor. Los clientes desde 3.12.0 en adelante gestionan su propia asignación de números de canal y siempre asignan el canal 0 al usuario local (siempre y cuando la versión del servidor sea al menos 3.5.5).\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "Ver > Chat" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "Abre la ventana del [Chat](#chat)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "Menú de Configuración" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "Permite acceso directo a cada una de las pestañas de [Configuración](#configuración)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Ayuda" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "Ofrece acceso a las páginas de [Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started) y al [Manual del Usuario](Software-Manual) (esta página) en la página web, junto con detalles sobre el copyright, la licencia y la atribución. También hay una opción de \"¿Qué es esto?\" para obtener más detalles sobre partes de la interfaz de usuario." + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "Configuración" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "Mi Perfil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Desde el menú de Configuración, selecciona \"Mi Perfil...\" para establecer tu Alias/Nombre, mostrado debajo de tu fader en la ventana principal del cliente de Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, no-wrap msgid "